Insidious Meme

ZPT for You and Me – 03-08-2024

ZPT for You and Me - 03-08-2024

ZPT for You and Me - 03-08-2024

Episode Summary:

The document "ZPT You and Me" explores a future where UFO sightings become increasingly common, indicating a shift towards a more transparent and revolutionary era in human-extraterrestrial relations. It hints at a major public event in the US, likely a mass UFO sighting, that will play a pivotal role in changing public perception and the narrative around UFOs and extraterrestrial life. This event is expected to challenge the credibility of mainstream media and governmental authority, shedding light on the disillusionment among the populace regarding political leadership and federal governance.

Furthermore, the document discusses the internal conflicts within governments and between different levels of government, such as state versus federal, over jurisdiction and policies related to UFOs. It suggests that these disagreements will become more pronounced as UFO sightings increase, leading to public disputes and a breakdown of traditional power structures. Additionally, the role of private corporations in advancing UFO technology, particularly zero-point technology (ZPT), is emphasized. These corporations are portrayed as having developed significant advancements in secret, with the potential to disrupt the current status quo and catalyze a global shift towards new forms of energy and technology.

The narrative also touches on the broader societal implications of these developments, including a potential revolution that challenges established authorities and exposes hidden agendas. This revolution is depicted as part of a larger transition into what the document refers to as "Sci-Fi world," where humanity begins to embrace and integrate advanced technologies previously kept secret. The document predicts a period of chaos and upheaval but also one of awakening and transformation, as society grapples with the reality of extraterrestrial engagement and the potential for new technological paradigms.

In conclusion, "ZPT You and Me" paints a picture of a future where humanity is on the cusp of a significant evolutionary leap, driven by increased UFO activity, technological advancements, and a push for greater transparency and revolution. It calls for a reevaluation of our understanding of power, authority, and our place in the universe, suggesting that the coming years will be marked by challenges, but also opportunities for profound change and growth.

#UFOs #Sightings #PublicEvent #US #Media #Government #Authority #Conflicts #Corporations #Technology #ZeroPointTechnology #Transparency #Revolution #Extraterrestrial #SecretAgendas #Chaos #PoliticalUpheaval #SocietalShift #MainstreamMedia #Jurisdiction #PrivateCorporations #AdvancedTechnologies #Disillusionment #PowerStructures #Breakdown #Challenges #Exposure #Secrecy #RevolutionaryActivity #CorporateSecrets #Emergence #SocietalChange #Novelty #Contention #Awakening

Key Takeaways:
  • Expect a notable increase in UFO sightings.
  • A significant mass UFO sighting event is anticipated in the US.
  • Governmental authority and media narratives will be challenged.
  • Conflicts will arise within government and between government and corporations over UFO information.
  • Revelations about advanced technologies and corporate involvement in UFO activities are expected.
  • A societal shift towards transparency and revolution is predicted.
  • The exposure of secrecy and hidden agendas related to extraterrestrial activities will occur.
Predictions:
  • Mass UFO sighting event in the US involving a large public gathering.
  • Increased public awareness and scrutiny of UFO activities.
  • Revelation of corporate advancements in zero-point technology.
  • Breakdown of traditional governmental authority and media credibility.
  • Societal upheaval leading to transparency and revolution.
Key Players:
  • US
  • Biden
  • Trump
  • Raytheon
  • McDonald Douglas
  • Lockheed Martin
  • Boeing
  • Foster Colson
  • Elohim Worship Cult
  • Rabbinical Councils of Tel Aviv
  • Obama Regime
  • World Economic Forum
  • Klaus's House
  • Rothschild Estates
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

ZPT for You and Me - 03-08-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. February 8. It's after ten, heading north. Got some more stops up here.

Got rid of the big couple ones, and so that's done.

I boy, where to start?

So, as we go forward this year, it's going to become increasingly clear, if you're paying attention, that there's a big uptick in the amount of ufos being seen. And whether you think they're from the inner earth or from nazis, from Antarctica or all of this kind of thing, doesn't matter much. You will be paying attention and you'll see that there's more of them and that it will appear and we will feel as though this is a building to something, right? As though it's increasing over time, and there will be some form of a threshold or a layer crossed or something, and we'll have a bunch more dynamic interaction with them. So it's going to be a little bit different than previous years relative to ufos.

Now. We will have all of the abduction stuff, we'll have all of the face peeler stuff heating up. It's going to get quite energetic and be really quite od in our experience. So this will be the year that we get people out in some kind of a summer event. It's a concert, it's a racetrack, baseball game or something, where there's lots of people and there's this mass UFO sighting.

I think it's in the US. It's hard to say. It seems to be centering on the US and, let's just say more towards the middle of the country and slightly south. That's really all I've got in the way of geographic indicators, so I'm not really sure where it's going to occur. But we're getting a lot of indications that it's going to really fuck over.

The mainstream media issue, of course, is going to be dealing with it in such a way that it refers back to government authority, which is degrading rapidly. So, as far as I'm concerned, there's no longer a nation here. The way that this is structured now, I don't have any loyalty to the regime or to its intent to bleed us, tax us and kill us. Right? The regime's goals and desires are not mine, so I don't care about them.

And that's going to be the majority of Americans here pretty quick. And whenever I see polls like it says, oh, the country is so divided. Half the country think that Biden's a good guy, and half the country are for this evil Trump fellow, right?

It's all a bunch of horseshit. And it's not a half and half. It's. It's much more like 80% against Biden and 20% for him, or less than 20% getting whittled away right now by the daily activity. Every time the guy comes on out, whoever the fuck is wearing the mask, every time he comes out and says anything, the regime loses credibility and it loses adherence.

So this is good for me. I mean, I wanted to get into the global revolution because that's what leads us into Sci-Fi world.

And part of Sci-Fi world is the emergence of all of the perfected and or at least operational, not necessarily perfected, but operational technologies that we've been working on in secret since the really. And so this stuff will get released. They won't want to release it. They're going to want to keep control of it. There's going to be big battles between.

Okay, so it's going to be really weird when it starts coming to officialdom relative to the UFO stuff as the problems present themselves for the mainstream media. And so we're going to end up with various parts of the government fighting with other parts of the government about the UFO issue. Some people claiming, like, jurisdiction over it and other people disputing that, claiming they have jurisdiction, telling them to shut up. You'll have the intelligence agencies freaking out right and left because a lot of the stuff that they've been working to keep secret won't be secret anymore as everybody starts seeing it en masse. So this could be really weird that way.

But you'll have government fighting with itself. You'll have state governments fighting with the federal government, which we've got now anyway. But now they're going to be fighting over ufos, and the federal government is going to say, no, you don't have the authority to shoot at these fuckers as humans, as peoples start shooting at them, because it's going to be that much in our face, right? So all different kinds of things are going to happen relative to government fighting with itself at various levels. State and county versus state, that kind of thing, right?

And then state versus the regional and regional and state versus the federal. And then everybody pissed at everybody else all around ufos, which will be showing up more and more and more. And the problem will become, it will be seen as being a growing issue, right? Not a static issue, not an issue that's fading, but rather a growing part of our emergence into the age of Aquarius is going to be this very large uptick in visible UFO interaction. With humans, where we will see that the ufos are doing stuff that they know that they must be aware of, that we're recognizing that we see this, that sort of thing, right?

And so the landscape, the framework, the intellectual naradigm framework that is placed on ufos will be crumbling through this year as part of the hyper novelty component. And it's going to get really strident, noisy, chaotic, aggressive and contentious. And as we get to this stage, we're going to have the visibility level alone. The fighting within the government, raising the visibility level, that alone is going to start triggering people to wake up to all of this, right? To become less dull and insensitive to the phenomena that are occurring around us, that shape our narrative.

And as a result of this, our collective structure in terms of how we deal with this globally, is going to be under real assault. We're going to be coming up hopefully. All right, so if it's not this summer, it will be next summer, right? It's going to be very close to the emergence of this mass sighting. We'll also get into the point where we start seeing the farmers with shotguns.

Now, we've already seen one episode of that down in Peru where there were the farmers attempting to prevent the abduction of women and children from this village by the Face peelers, who we know are a corporation. They're mercenaries working for a corporation. They may even work for the wellness group. Wellness company, right? They may work for one of Foster Colson's subsidiary companies that does mercenary.

So the state of being, the actual situation with our landscape right now is that the corporations were given the technology from the space aliens in order that the federal government would have the ability to have plausible deniability, because they could say, oh, it's not us. We're not doing it. It's this corporation, right? It's a subcontractor. Anyway, the corporations, aware of the situation, took it one step further, and they're not even reporting the results to the government that they supposedly are working for, that they're taking all this money to reverse engineer these devices.

And they've succeeded. They've succeeded since the. They're just not telling the government about it. And a lot of the UFO activity that we're seeing is, in fact, private corporations out doing shit with them right now, that they've got them working and this sort of thing and know a little bit about it. There's this whole other breakaway civilization thing forming with these corporations.

All of this shit's going to come out this year. So we'll see the government versus itself on these various different levels. And then, like, various different national governments fighting each other over, quote, authority over the issue. And then we'll also see them trying to corral and rein in the corporations. And some of these corporations, I think, are just going to go rogue.

Their response will be a piss off, dude. We got more power in two of these vessels than you have in your entire navy.

That's another issue is the vast amount of information and stuff coming out relative to the Navy here in the United States this year. This will come out also as we get into the secrets revealed part about the UFOs at the corporate level. So the data would suggest that we're going to have some kind of, as I say, some kind of a summer event, mass sighting, lots of people, lots of videos all about showing us the UFOs and what they're doing in the vicinity of whatever these people are doing, this outdoor concert or this baseball game or whatever it is. And we'll get a lot of that on the Internet and so on. And about that same time.

So that's a temporal marker. And about that same time, we're going to have actual floods of information about ufos coming out, or a lot of it will come out from people that will be leaking the information out from corporations. As the corporations encounter. One of the motivating factors for this at the corporate level is going to be the degradation of the dollar, and they won't have the money to be able to bribe people to keep this shit secret anymore. And thus we're going to end up with this very interesting situation where you have government having paid corporations to reverse engineer it, and then people within the corporations leaking out information about their success, and then government having to deny that they were involved and all this other stuff, and then again, fighting with themselves.

And a part of it, of course, is that there's parts of the government that are going to be overtaken and captured by the populace. We're approaching that now.

So it'll be much more like local city councils and county governance councils and all these regional councils, councils primarily, lots of that word are going to be fleeing because they'll be presented with demands against their bonds and their own illegality. And the individuals will feel themselves very threatened by the. By potential jail times, and they will abandon their positions. This could have happened throughout the nation. It'll be more active in some states, less active in others.

And that degradation of authority at that level, down at that level, is going to participate in all this UFO shit because there's a lot of county people that know being bribed in some of these counties to keep quiet about all the UFO activity that's going on in military bases or underground bunkers or this kind of shit, right? So, no, by the way, I'm not suggesting that any of Terry Cassidy's, quote, whistleblowers are legit, but we will get people from corporations like Raytheon and McDonald, Douglas and Lockheed Martin, Boeing, all of these kind of people, even a lot of the telephony companies and the satellite companies, that is, the people that actually make the satellites will have information coming out from them all about what I'm terming as ZPT, zero point technology. It's just an easy label for it, right? It's actually working off of, extraction of energy out of the ether. But we don't need to go there just yet.

We don't need to invoke the ether and get involved in that just at this point anyway. So our ZPT will be coming out in fits and starts, little leaks as we go along. And this effect in the midst of the other generalized political chaos that's going to be going on is going to really exacerbate the political chaos, but it's also going to bring into sharp focus all of the deep hidden stuff, right? So we're going to be shining spotlights on corporations doing stuff off on the side with all of this stuff, right? All this ZPT stuff.

And it's going to get quite, you know, jewish space lasers will once again be trending later on as the corporations admit that they're doing shit for the Elohim worship cult and the rabbinical councils of Tel Aviv, and that they fried Chile and they fried Lahaina with their dues, with their directed energy weapons as a direct result of orders that came to them through the Obama regime, through the regime, the Obi regime. And those orders came from the Elohim worship councils in Israel. And so all this shit's going to come out, people are going to get a little bit sketched out about really, really pissed. So now we're going to be getting into that period of time where jewish people have to worry, okay? They've got to worry because of the stuff that's going to come out about Judaism, about child trafficking, about Israel and the genocide and the tie in to all of the global intelligence agencies and how really dirty, disgustingly filthy, foul the Elohim worship cult is and their harvest of humans all of these centuries.

And this is going to get really interesting, like, to the point that the data is suggesting that we'll call them diplomats. But israeli spies functioning as diplomats are going to be beaten up on their way into the UN. Synagogues are going to have shit dumped on them, literal, actual shit, human theses thrown up against the doors, that kind of thing.

It's going to be a very upsetting time for anybody that's got an adherence and an allegiance to the status quo in these organizations existing. And it's like, hey, we're here now. This is the global revolution one, american revolution two, and it's going to be energetic, interesting, chaotic, involving, distressing. There are going to be shortages. The system's going to break down all over.

We'll have revolutionary activity here in the US, and then we'll also, at the same time, start seeing the assaults against the actual perpetrators in Europe. That is to say, we'll see the World Economic Forum building broken into, we'll see Klaus's house broken into, Rothschild estates broken into, all of this kind of thing. People are just going to go batshit. We've just had it with all of this, the machinations by the Elohim worship cult trying to control everybody, and there's going to be a giant backlash. A lot of the Elohim worship cult people will not survive.

Many of those will be. Many jews will be misidentified as being deep in the Elohim worship cult when they're just, in fact, diluted religious Judaism addicts, right? And so Judaism is all about sacrifice. You put all of your sins into a chicken and then you sacrifice the chicken in this brutal, horrendous way in order to trick your God into forgiving you your sins. That's basically the whole situation with Judaism.

And of course, we understand that they sacrificed Christ, right? Because they're a religion of sacrifice, because they're a Stockholm syndrome, inculcated abuse for thousands of years, kind of a deal culture. They put all their sins into Christ and then they kill Christ. Well, so it wouldn't be a good idea to be a Jewish messiah, right? You're not coming BACK as a JEWISh messiah.

You're not Here to lead the world into greater religious freedom or anything like that. You're here to have all of the Jewish people heap their sins on you so they can sacrifice you, so they can get out from underneath their sins. That's the whole point of the messiah within Judaism. And so all of this kind of shit's going to come out. It's going to get deep and ugly and dirty.

A lot of people won't care. They'll just deal with the surface aspects of it. So a lot of people are just going to say, oh, you're a racist. You're hating on jews. And it's like, no, I'm not even anti Jew, right?

I am anti Judaism. I find Judaism foul, disgusting. A lot of the jews have no idea what's in it. I do. I've GOtTEn SOme of the books.

I've got all of the Talmud, and I'm doing extensive research into this whole thing for another purpose, for this whole thing about dealing with the elohim. And here's something about the Elohim. Just a LitTLE bit of a side note. In our old farts group, when we have been looking into some of this stuff, we've come across references to this in several different places. So both in chinese and in SANSKRIT, we come across this idea of hymns.

All right? And so hymns, and is actually a derivation from original root source, from where we get hymns. A hymn is a particular kind of a metric that is a linguistic flow. So the hymn has particular precise meter about it in terms of how it should be said, the intonation, and so on. Well, it turns out that in SOme of these old teXts, we find out that hymns, also CALLed songs, have a particular POINt to them that is not ObVIOUS.

And this point is mind control, to allow you to control your mind when perhaps you are being. Hang on a second. I'm going to turn around here. You're being assaulted by the Elohim's mind control. Okay?

And so if that were the case, if you were being assaulted by the EloHim's mind control, you could use these techniques, which is to say that you use this hymn, you repeat this hymn, you sing this song basically to yourself while they are assaulting you, trying to take over your mind. And it is a method of, like, blocking them out. All right? The meter, the flow of a hymn, some of these particular ones in Sanskrit, were designed to prevent the elohim from taking you over, from controlling your mind, which is just relatively interesting to us. We're thinking, oh, this is cool.

So other people had sussed this out, and we don't know that it works, but at least that's what they're claiming in these old books. There were a couple of these hymns. We don't know how this one was said because it was in what is called proto HebRew, and nobody knows, actually how these words were said. All we have are the consonants. We don't have any vowels.

And so the Actual Phoneme, the Actual Way in which it's expressed vocally is unknown to us. But nonetheless, we find them. And so that was a particularly interesting one because it was a sanskrit text that had. Had included in it a sanskrit version of a hymn. And then this proto hebrew version of that same.

We think it's the same, the same hymn, and it was intended to be anti Elohim. So you could just sit there and repetitiously let this little song go through your mind, and they wouldn't be able to take you over. Now, this brings up another issue, and that is that in our hunting of information about the mind to machine interface that these guys use, that the Elohim used to control their devices, we have indeed discovered a lot of the structures of the mind and how some of these structures map to our brains and how these form a technology that is used by the Elohim. It's quite extensive. It's very precise.

There's lots of details about it. And it provides some level of Referential Surety that we're on the right track related to this stuff in terms of how it works and everything. I don't want to get into all of the details. I'm actually holding back some of the details on that kind of stuff for negotiation purposes. If the government gets out of line and starts hassling us on this stuff, we've got bargaining chips, right?

We know stuff that they want to know, and we know where it's at. And it's going to take them fucking years to even have a clue to find out where this shit's at. But I can give them an encapsulation if they go away and don't fuck with me. That's the idea. Point them to where they can go and do some more research.

So bargaining chips in this stuff, it's going to be shocking to people the amount of UFO information to a lot of the normies, because it'll suddenly blindside them this summer. But if you're paying attention as we get into summer, you'll see the rise of the number of incidents to point where you're seeing two and three and four a day. And then, like I say, ultimately we'll get to the point where there will be one episode where there'll be hundreds and hundreds of videos and thousands of people that will have seen the actual and participated in the actual event itself. So it's going to be quite the cool summer, guys. We're finally getting here.

Finally. A few years we'll be into Sci-Fi world, and we'll look back at this point of chaos and say, jeez, how in the fuck did we survive and all. Okay, got to go do stuff. So I'll talk to you later, just as a matter of housekeeping, I'll do these talks as I can. No guarantee I'll be able to get one on any given week, but I will keep it.

Keep it going as I may. There's just tons of work I got to get at, and it's really starting to eat into time now. Okay, guys, talk to you later.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich – 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Episode Summary:

Cliff High, a multifaceted individual, shares his journey from a military background to technology and software development. Born to a high-ranking US military officer, Cliff's early life was filled with unique experiences, including interactions with the CIA. He ventured into technology during the era of the gold standard's removal from the US dollar and the rise of the petrodollar. Cliff's technological endeavors spanned from satellite uplinking to software engineering. He developed a software that predicted future events by analyzing internet language patterns. This software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies. Cliff's worldview is shaped by his experiences with psychedelics, which he used as a form of medicine. He believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.

#CliffHigh #Military #Technology #Software #Predictions #9/11 #Psychedelics #Consciousness #Universe #Academia #LanguagePatterns #IntelligenceAgencies #Worldview #GoldStandard #Petrodollar #Satellite #Engineering #FutureEvents #Mainstream #Challenges #Experiences #Medicine #Journey #Insights #Beliefs #Reality #Materium #Novelty #Ontological #MentalHealth #Brother #Death #Life #Existence #Understanding

Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff High's diverse background spans from military experiences to technology.
  • He developed a unique software that predicted significant events by analyzing internet language patterns.
  • Cliff's software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies.
  • His worldview is significantly influenced by his experiences with psychedelics.
  • Cliff believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Hello, friends. Today we're going to have the unusual opportunity to be able to talk to Cliff High. I've seen Cliff's interviews with people like and his presentations, really, but with people like my friend Dr. Lee Merritt, and he can talk about almost anything. And I find it always fascinating what he has to tell.

A few of the things which we may touch upon depending on whether we feel like it or not are the Chinese Cultural Revolution because I just watched that interview, which included Lee Merritt, Dr. Lee Merritt, aliens. And, of course is this really a very crucial point in time right now? September, October, and maybe the coming months? I think it is.

And let's see what Cliff has to say. Cliff, what is your background? Because there's hardly anything you can find on the Internet on you not even framing some of that's deliberate. But my background is I was a military brat, so I was in the US. Military as unwilling participant until I was 17 years old.

My father was in a very high echelon in the US. Military, so I got to visit some unusual places under unusual circumstances. He did three tours in Vietnam. Through that, I have some association with CIA and some of their nefarious stuff. And then I was not suited for a collegiate career, so I abandoned that and got married at a young age and went to work.

And I started doing things as I could and eventually moved into technology because when I came of age, it was the removal of the gold standard from the US. Dollar, the creation of the petrodollar, that wave of inflation, and also the degradation that accompanied that offshoring, all of the production and all this kind of stuff. So there was less jobs, so on and so on. But then ultimately the emergence of tech, and I started getting into that at various different levels. I used to do satellite uplink, run a satellite uplink station for At T back in the day.

So I've done all kinds of things relative to technology at many, many different levels, including a lot of programming and software engineering and software debugging and hardware debugging for various different corporations, invention groups, governments. I've taught places like La Luna in Mexico City, largest university around, taught tech there, SQL Server, that sort of thing, networking. And I've got a bunch of patents in various different kinds of software, invented some. Mostly I think the patent office is corrupt, and I don't bother myself with that anymore. And it's like I've done a lot guy.

I mean, I used to work in the woods. I've worked for state government, a subcontractor. I got bored easily, so I could never be an employee. And also I would usually get irritated with stupidity, and someone would fire me. So of all of the many jobs I've had, I've been fired more times than I've actually quit.

But most of the time you must have been self employed then. Yes, correct. Mostly, I'm self employed. Yes. Like I say, I've got patents and I got into bitcoin.

So I saw bitcoin, all right? So I invented this process way back in the day with computers that I thought was very interesting. And then I discovered something I was trying to back in the day in the came up with this idea that humans leaked out present information from the future. Now, I do not in any way ascribe to the idea that there's a timeline ahead of us that's fixed that in any way, shape or form, or different timelines. That is a bogus view of the future.

The future exists right out in front of us. It's just this huge maelstrom of just stuff spewing. Out of that potentiality we get probability, and out of probability we get actuality. Okay? So it is indeterminate until the point of actuality.

However, my software, my idea was to figure out what people were talking about relative to commercial products by scraping the internet really quickly and running it through a big analysis, and therefore see what people's interests were in companies and get there ahead of them and buy that stock ahead of them buying it, right? So it was just a money making scheme very first time I ran it, which was in. So I got the idea in 1993 going to La uni. It'd been in the back of my mind since the early eighty s, and it just because I'd been working with artificial intelligence and early object oriented programming, all these various different languages and stuff. Anyway, I get on the airplane to go to La UNAM to teach this course.

It's in the middle of the night, I'm flying 747 from Seattle down, and the plane gets hit by lightning. Now, here was something that I got hit twice, and I'm thinking about things as I'm usually doing. I'm sitting there and before we get struck by lightning the first time, all the hair on my body stands up and I became very energized and aware of it. And then the lightning strike. So of course we understand lightning doesn't come down and strike, right?

A static charge builds up and then the lightning jumps off of things. Grasp that. So I was in there and my body caught the static charge of that lightning strike going off. And then I noticed the conversations around me, people, for that next couple of minutes, they were speaking in an odd sort of a way. They were leaking a prescient view of that lightning strike, the next one, and it indeed happened like three minutes later.

And so the idea sort of struck me that people it was confirmed rather at that point, because I'd had the idea for some period of time that we are psychic beings and that as such, we leak out our prescient impressions in our choice of language unknown to ourselves. In the main, right, we're not aware we're doing this. We're not aware that we've got nine choices of a noun for this particular kind of an object, and which one we choose is an emotional reaction on our part. But we're not sure what's driving that emotion. And frequently it's something in the future that's going to manifest.

And that's why we choose that word over some other word to describe the exact same thing. Makes sense. It does make sense. Okay, so I was going to patent this, and I ran into some big difficulties, so I said, screw it, and I just started doing it. And so from 93 until 97, I wrote the software that was necessary to do this.

Bear in mind we're talking old 256 machines, right? Finally got myself a server in 97, and I did a run, and that is I scraped as much as the internet as I possibly could, bearing in mind that only about 3% of the internet at any given time is actually indexed in google. There's vast quantities of stuff you just don't see. In any event, though, so I scrape all this and I started getting information. It took me a couple of years to work it out, but I got a view coming up of the attack on 911, and it was difficult because I didn't have all the language defined, so I was working ABC.

It was methodical, right? Just defining all the language going forward, applying all these metrics to all the words so that I could catch them and analyze them. I just hadn't gotten to terrorism, right? So I was still down into military, but I had accident and military, and so accident and military were combined by my software, which was using, admittedly, an artificial intelligence kind of an approach for a large language model analyses way back in the day that you could have done on those servers. The limitation was the hardware.

In any event, though, not to be drilling into it too much, I got a prescient view of the 911 attack and I got it and I posted it, I think it was like June twelveTH of that year. So a number of months before it actually popped up. And it was just a little 45 or 50 word blurb. And then of course, we get the 911 attack, and it's like, uhoh, I'm sitting on something here, right? And from then on, things started changing, and I just started getting more and more into that, and less and less doing consulting and doing these other things.

Extremely interesting. It sounds a little bit like, but not confined to economics, a little bit of the computer program that martin armstrong. Armstrong, yep. Yep. What's, he not goliath socrates.

He called his socrates, right? I called mine a pain in the ass, because it was not a single program, right? I had chunks of code in lisp, I had chunks of code in prologue. I was running lots of it in perl, a lot of it in C code because it was sort of being invented as I was going along. I didn't organize it when I first set out because, well, I organized it to be a money making scheme.

And then the first time I ran it, it blew that right out of the water, and I said, oh, well, screw that. I don't have to worry about that. This is really fascinating. And what was it you're saying? It was just a little blurb.

You wrote what was it? How precise? I wrote a little thing saying that within 85 days, and I thought it would happen closer to June than to the end. The reason that that happened was because I had the sign, the positive or negative sign on my values reversed. I'm dyslexic.

So I just had them swapped because the data said it should go towards this particular value. But I had that value being closer to June twelveTH than 911, right? So if I'd had it reversed, it would have pegged it for 911. But it was about 35 words that said there was going to be a military accident that was going to alter the world. It would involve attacks on the US.

In at least two spots, and that these attacks would be from the air, would involve loss of life, and would precipitate law, which was the Patriot Act, of course, which they'd already had 29,000 pages or whatever the hell it is, cranked out waiting for this episode. Right? And so from that point on, things started getting really weird for me. It brought in the attention of the CIA and the FBI and this kind of thing, so it got really goofy. Well, so here's a couple of similarities.

I don't want to sound arrogant, but I enlisted with the German Army. I enlisted for twelve years. After a year, I realized I can't work with these idiots because my father kind of persuaded me it's a safe job, and you can go to law school, which wasn't true. They don't teach law there, but you can go to school, and they're going to pay for it. So it's the safety thing that prompted me to do it.

But after about a year, I realized, no way. Most of these people are complete idiots. Some of them are leftovers this is in the late 1970s. Some of them are leftovers from the Third Reich. Later I worked at the university and several universities, and then I became a banker for Deutsche Bank in Tokyo.

A banker, not a lawyer. And again I realized I can't work for idiots. So without trying to be arrogant, it makes no sense to work for other people, I don't think. At least for some of us it doesn't. But from what you're telling us, you would be the perfect example of what they used to call the polymath, because you go way beyond the Internet, and it business.

You must have had an almost insatiable appetite to take a closer look at all the things that didn't really make sense to you. That's true. Okay, so also I was in Germany in the 60s. My father's position put me into a diplomatic cadre. So I went to school with British diplomat kids, Italian diplomat kids.

So in terms of a polymath, I was also polilingual, learning Russian, this kind of thing, as well as German, Italian, French at all. So that's quite true. There's another component there and that is that my younger brother was a full on schizophrenic, totally non functional, right? And so I am a schizotypical in that regard. But this is atypical because usually it's the elder brother that becomes the schizophrenic, not the younger.

Right? Usually it's the younger that survives as the schizotypical. Again, not usually the case. So we were atypical in that regard.

It is quite factual. It's factual to say that I believe that I suffered schizophrenia to a great degree even greater than what killed my brother. Okay? The difference is that at a very young age I was sort of warned by a shaman in the Tinglet area in Alaska when we were up there when I was like five or six years old. And so I sort of paid attention to him when I then became very dysfunctional in my teens.

And so I sought the remedy he suggested, which was death will cure me. So I sought through psychedelics to kill myself. And so it was to kill myself or cure myself. Well, I actually did end up dying from a bad drugs that I purchased once. So that kind of worked, right?

And so so I died at age 16 and in that death experience I realized what was going on. And then when I came back from that death experience, I was thrown back quite abruptly. It was very harsh. And so I came back and I thought about things very deeply for a long time while continuing psychedelic medicine, not adventuring, not recreation, but medicine for me because I could take psychedelics and not the synthetics, it doesn't work with like LSD or ecstasy or any of those, right? For me it was mescaline and psilocybin and it truly was a medicine.

But it's an interesting medicine because you take the medicine, then you might have an integration process that goes for two or three or four months from having had that episode. Now I was taking shamanic levels, okay? So I experienced voyaging to places like Joe Rogan would tell you that he went to On DMT, but because I was doing it with mescaline, which is my favorite. And you'll note that that is one of the drugs that no one allows to have anywhere around on this planet, right? They don't even want you messing with that for medical reasons.

They'll let you have heroin, fentanyl, any damn thing you want that'll kill you, but they don't want you to have mescaline. But anyway and after that, it was psilocybin, but I would go for twelve and 15 hours journeys where Joe Rogan would go there for ten minutes. And so that shaped my worldview from that point on, from, say, age 16, because at that point, I died. It was actually the second time I had died, okay? So I died once when I was, like nine and a half from drowning.

And again, something the shaman had told me from the tribal experience in Alaska. He said that the fourth time would be the one. So I've died three times, so I can't afford to screw around anymore. Anyway, so I died from drowning. Then I died from the bad drugs, and then many years later, I died from the colon cancer.

But in all three experiences, the death experience was the same. So I knew that I was onto something. And the first time it happened with the kid, and when I was that young, it didn't really gel in my mind what was going on. Right. The second time, though, after the drugs, it was like, okay, what I've been told and everything I can find to read about reality is wrong, that things are not as I am experiencing them, and I'm already messed up enough in my mind.

I'm going to go with me. I'm going to just say, no, it's not me. And until I prove otherwise, it's all you guys. All you guys are wrong. So let's see what's going on here.

And so I started getting into the woo of it all, the esoteric, the very fringe stuff, right? And so I have a worldview that is unlike probably most people, and certainly is unlike all people that have come out of academia at any level, because academia is formed by the Khazarian mafia, all right? Academia supports the plagiarist Einstein, and that worldview, okay? That worldview says that if you take enough grit and you mash that grit together enough, and you get a big pile of that grit together, at some point that grit will become conscious, and thus consciousness arises. Okay?

That is false, all right? That is not the way that reality works. I've been dead three times, and each time I understand, you get a bigger view of reality. So when I die, I understand that grit does not exist. So my reality is this, that the only thing that exists is consciousness with the big C, okay?

And one day, consciousness decided that it was bored, it knew everything and was everything. And so suddenly something happened to consciousness, and an idea struck it. This idea was ontological in and of itself in the sense that the idea was novelty. The idea of novelty was novel to consciousness. Consciousness got sort of a kick out of it.

And so consciousness wanted to pursue novelty, and that's why we all exist, okay? Because what consciousness did was to shove aside some of itself and create the material. And that's where we are where our asses are matter and can sit on something, right? And then it took little bits of itself and enclosed them in matter and shoved them down into this experimental place that we all exist, that I call the materium, because everything in here is matter based. Yeah.

Okay. So we exist as consciousness. No amount of accumulation or squeezing of grit will ever induce it to become conscious. Therefore, that paradigm is 100% wrong, and it leads to wrong think in any number of directions that you may and perhaps all directions that you may care to pursue. Right?

And so since that dawned on me back then, I've been diligently pursuing correct think as opposed to the wrong think that is based on the idea that grit uberales right? And it's not. This must have struck a nerve with many people. It struck a nerve with me. And by the way, I just have to tell you this when you told the story about your brother my brother is manic depressive.

He's five years younger than I am, and he's been treated with all kinds of drugs. Took himself off the drugs. He's still alive, but he was never really functioning. Like I said, he's five years younger. Weird.

Very weird that I survived this. But I was lucky. Or in a way, I was lucky. I was the center of attention because I was the first child, both from my mother's side of the family, my father's side of the family.

And I always blamed myself that maybe I got too much attention and my brother didn't, and there's a sister in between, but I don't know. I don't know how to figure it out. I just felt that I have to tell you this now that you told us the story about your brother. So he passed away? Yeah, he died many years back.

The schizophrenia has a terrible toll, right? Terrible, terrible toll on all aspects of him. Because, of course, he tried, as I did, to self correct, but he could not take the route I did. For whatever reason, I was determined to kill myself. So I was very strong in my resolve.

Right? It wasn't that I was seeking a cure, because it was like, well, maybe there's one out there. I mean, the shaman had said that if I did this sort of thing, I would survive until the fourth time death came for me. And so I thought, okay, well, what the hell, and I'm certainly not making any progress as it was at that time. Mescaline and Psilocybin were very good teachers.

I think they're very powerful. They're not for everyone. And the way they worked for me was the shamanic level of doses, right, where you actually have to have someone watching you while you're on the trip because you're gone. Now, that was interesting for me, too, because it informed my reality in terms of the flat earth, the reptilians from David Icke, et cetera. Et cetera, right?

So I don't know if it was because of a schizophrenic mind or because of some other quirk of my physiology, but I could go to this place I called Hyperspace and be there for some period of time where others were zipping in and out. And even when they were there, some people would come and trip with me. Right? We'd take masculine and groups and so on, and you would actually have sort of a telepathic link up, but you'd end up going to hyperspace together, and they were never able to stay there for much more than a few seconds. And I could be there for hours or what at least seemed like hours, right?

And for people around me, it would seem like hours as well. And so in that experience of dealing with hyperspace, the very first time I went there, I encountered pure evil, okay? And it was evil that wasn't arrogant, it was evil that was indifferent. And there is no evil more evil than evil that is indifferent, because I encountered something that well, I didn't know what to expect. In any case, I wasn't really looking for anything, but I popped into an area, and it was only later and subsequent trips that I realized that this area was unusual, that this area was under control, because I popped into somebody's hyperspace lab, okay?

They had taken hyperspace that if you go to Joe Rogan, he'll tell you that every molecule in hyperspace is active and talking to you continuously while you're there doing stuff. It's energetic, it's intelligent and so on. So it is the most busy place you can imagine.

How did you know it was evil? Oh, because of the feeling. Well, I'll tell you what happened was I popped into an area that was not like that. So my first experience of hyperspace was it was relatively calm and it was empty, except for this very it was an empty lab. I recognized it as a lab, okay?

Even though there's no walls, there's no ceiling or anything like that. But there was this one being that was there that looked very much like a smoothed out form of an insect sort of manted, like having multiple rear legs that allowed it to stick up, and having four sets of arms to manipulate, right? And this was its physical presentation in hyperspace. At that time, I didn't realize I was merely a sphere. I had yet to learn to grow my body in hyperspace, right?

So I was just simply consciousness. And every consciousness that pops into hyperspace initially is simply spherical, because that's the most efficient form to take. Anyway, this being was doing things, and it was irritated at me, and it made a movement with one of its arms and literally blew me out of there like a fly knocking a fly out of the room. And I was suddenly out into real hyperspace with all of the chaos and all the beings and all of this sort of thing. And I sort of turned around and looked and I could see the barrier that this bug had erected.

And then I popped back to my body here and then in the process there somewhere I got an attitude and I thought, Damn bug. And so I went back and deliberately popped into his place again, and it shocked him. And then we had contention as it tried to get rid of me, and I resisted. And so that's when I discovered I had power in hyperspace, that my mind had the ability to influence events that might occur beyond simply my body. I still had yet to realize I didn't have a body.

I was simply a sphere. So the bug was just batting at me as a sphere that whole time anyway. So at some point, it gave up and just let me be there. And at some point beyond that, I got bored and went on out and explored the rest of hyperspace. And then I met some really cool beings that were also at war with the bug.

And as to the evil part of it, it told me it was evil by the way it stood there vibrating. And it was totally indifferent. So it wasn't like it hated me or anything like that. I was as insignificant to it as a mosquito is to me. But it had evil intent to everything.

That was not it. I learned a great deal about the bugs. So I learned that the bugs are most effective and most energetic and evil when they're young, okay? Because they just come out of chrysalis and they have all their mind and everything right there. As they age, they lose a lot of their abilities as we do.

They cannot learn over time. The guy was they are desperate to do so, but their species does not do that because learning is done in pupi, not as an existent being. That amount of learning they have is just so small and they resent it from the rest of us. And so that's one of the reasons that I thought of it as evil, is because it does not like beings that can learn in real time. So the indifference that you encounter is that sort of like when you watch some of these movies where there's a crime scene and the perpetrator, the evil killer just walks off the scene and doesn't even look at the victims.

But just in case he didn't kill them all, he fires off another round of bullets and then just walks off without even looking at the victims. Is that the kind of indifference? Worse than that. Much worse than that. Okay, so at least in those sorts of scenes, that guy would acknowledge that there were victims.

Yeah. Okay. In this case, no. The bug thinks it's over everything. The bug actually creates reptilians as a tool.

So the bug uses what we might think of as organic life forms, as robots in the way that we use mechanistic forms. It prefers to do as little work as possible. But there's also the issue of the way in which the bug is organized and its social order is organized. The ruling bugs are born, and then they age up a certain point doing things and then the very next generation comes in and is their boss. Right.

There's an experience gap. But this new group has a lot of the experience that they've had that's been inculcated into them in the growing process of becoming a bug. So it's just this weird interpersonal relationship because at some point I came back. So I did maybe five, six years of mescaline. And at some point I came back and the lab had a new boss.

And the old bug that I had met was still there. But there was this young, very nasty bug that was there that tried the same I'm going to kick you out. But I realized that you can throw in hyperspace. You can throw up a mind barrier and they can't make you do anything. They can't physically affect you.

It irritated them, and they collapsed the lab at that one point and just took it away. And so I don't know if they relocated it or what. And I never sought it after. Okay. Before, I would like to ask you about the Khazarian Mafia, which you just mentioned.

But Dogma wants to ask a question. Go ahead. Hi, Cliff.

I was initiated in 76 by Enlightened Master who tried to convey to us to me that only consciousness is real. And on this inside, I'm still working. It's difficult with all this grit around yes. To really understand it. But I really don't understand what you mean by bark and by hyperspace.

What do you mean? And another question is another question. Do you know came across the name of Pimfan Loma?

He was a heart surgeon from Holland, born 43. And he started when this whole near death experiences surfaced in the he became interested and asked his patients who had these death experiences and came back. He asked them whether they had these kind of experiences. And he got really into this whole topic as a normal medical doctor. It was quite exceptional.

And because he says it would blow the whole medicine understanding if one allows that. And he noticed that about 30% of his patients who had this complete knockout they reported kind of near death experiences with light and all this stuff.

And then he started giving worldwide lectures about and he also says that he thinks also he says, I'm not spiritual, but it looks that the consciousness is not in us, but we are in the consciousness. Let him answer the first question first. What about the bugs? All right, so we'll do that. Let's not forget the other, though.

Okay, so the bugs look like bugs, all right? And they. Have a lifestyle that is like bugs and their structure, their societies are organized like bugs. So they are bug like in that regard. They are projecting bodies in hyperspace that are chitinous, that have bug like joints.

Now, this can be an illusion, okay, in hyperspace. All right? So let me back up our material. I'm going to draw this as though this was a factual understanding of this, okay? So this is just to give you the idea, but our materium is cut out of consciousness and created.

And we could say that our materium has this like a border or a wall all the way around it. And we would think of this as our physical universe, okay? So in my opinion, our physical universe is bounded and this forms the material by a barrier that is created by consciousness. That barrier is hyperspace, okay? So that barrier is another form of consciousness.

It is closer to ultimate big consciousness out here on the other side of materium. And it is not as though our consciousness here enclosed in matter. When you go towards to leave the material, it'd be like you would go into a spongy wall and so you would leave. And all this area in here is hyperspace. This is weird because it has no dimensions, right?

It's not a particular length or width or has no location or anything like that. It has nothing that would define it within the material itself because it is the boundary walls of the material. When we go there, it's just another form of consciousness, a thicker, denser form of consciousness. In that denser form of consciousness, our consciousness is quite happy, right, because it's the same stuff. Consciousness is consciousness, so it can move freely.

Our consciousness retains its discrete orientation when in hyperspace and is in within its own self control. I don't know that either of those conditions exist on the other side of this wall, okay? Because that's the other side is where we would consider death. All right? Now, when I died, I went to hyperspace.

Not the same way that you do when you take psychedelics though, right? So in my death experience, all right, let's not go there yet, okay? So hyperspace allows for anybody's consciousness, for however you want to get there, to get to that spot. So I knew when I was there that there were other beings that were taking psychedelic drugs or the functional equivalent on their planets. These were beings from other planets, other places that were also there in consciousness.

With me, there are creatures or mechanisms that only exist in hyperspace. These are the little elves that Terrence McKenna encounters, the little mechanistic, little kind of activity kind of things, right? And I've had those. So I went to hyperspace. Before my brother died, I used a particular kind of a technique.

It was a shamanic technique, but not shamanic levels. It was what we might think of as like micro dosing. Okay? But you use a special technique for ingesting it as well as for the preparatory in terms of, like, meditation. Okay?

And I wanted to know what my brother was going to be facing when he died. And so I went to hyperspace. Then I went to the edge of the hyperspace, intent on going out here as I'm going into that wall in hyperspace to look through, to see what my brother is going to be facing. I encountered these little machine elves, a whole little rack of them. You never see one.

They're just always in groups. And they were on this rickety old shelf that was just sitting out there in nowhere. One of them hops down and walks on over to me and says, don't go there, don't go there, don't go there. And so in hyperspace, I shocked myself because my true personality comes out. And so I was very arrogant and I said, you can't tell me anything, little man.

And I did the gesture and blew him back up onto his shelf with my mind. Boom, he goes back up on his shelf. And then I went out there. Now that little bastard was right. I should not have done this, but I learned what I needed to do right when I needed to, but it wasn't a pleasant experience and it'll marmy the rest of my days.

So hyperspace is not physical. It doesn't have a physical location, but it does, in my opinion, have a reality and a location, even if that location can't be defined in terms of up, down, right or left kind of things, right, in terms of those kinds of coordinates. The bug is extra hyperspace. So the bug is not one of those beings that exists there, but it has a tendency to think that it owns the place because it is so powerful, it can do stuff there. And the bug as a race is perhaps the oldest thing around.

Okay? The other beings I encountered in hyperspace that were willing to and able to speak with me, a lot of them are like, not able to speak, they would want to, but they're all zapped out on psychedelics in their own realm and not able to communicate. There's only very few beings you can encounter that can sit you down and instruct you on what's going on. And I met some of these fortunately or guided by divine wisdom or whatever the hell, and they taught me how to deal with things. In hyperspace, one of the first things they teach you is to how to express a body.

And so it's very much like a cartoon. You just sort of like blow out a body that would look like human. Most of us in hyperspace that have that ability and do that are bilaterally symmetrical hominids. So that appears to be a template here in the material. And so we'll probably encounter hominids all over the universe, our material universe here there are many that were not and many that chose not to show themselves for whatever reason, that were far more paranoid than I.

And I could go on for hours about those journeys. But I don't know that much of it is really pertinent to most people because they won't go there and they should not. Okay, let's take two steps back into the three dimensional world that most of us understand better than hyperspace. You mentioned the Kazarians. This is an important question or topic, rather, because most of us this is true for me, at least over the last three years.

I was not really aware of what was really going on before this pandemic. This is what brought things into perspective and prompted me to ask questions and dig deeper and deeper. But most of us are now trying to figure out who is it? Who is responsible? Is it the bilderbergers?

Is it the freemasons? Who is it? Can we only see the puppets? What about the Khazarian mafia, then? Okay, so you're correct.

We can only see the puppets. So if you see them, they're not in charge, right? So Bill Gates isn't in charge. Klaus Schwab, none of these guys. Okay, so here's my understanding of it.

This relates to the space alien invasion, all right? So thousands of years ago, space aliens came to Earth. They declared themselves to be our gods. They did this in India, they did this in Greece, they did this in Japan, they did this in the Middle East, everywhere, mesoamerica. And they were very brutal.

And they demanded that we kill a lot of our own people so that they could get high sniffing the burned adrenal gland complex, okay? Because they get high on oxidized adrenaline, massively. So. And these guys are warped mentally, all right? So they did experiments.

Their experiments are on genetic experiments. Their experiments on the base level of population that they discovered here are on the same order as our experiments. We cannot insert a gene there's no such thing as gene editing where we're inserting a gene into a chromosome, nor are we inserting chromosomes into any other being. We do not have that capability. The Kazarian mafia lies about that continuously.

They want the general public to think that we can do those things, and we cannot. We have this device called CRISPR. And it's called CRISPR because it burns out genes and chromosomes, not because it puts any in. So our only ability to alter things is by extracting, by destroying DNA at some level. So that needs to be borne in mind, okay?

Because that's what happened to us. So all primates have 24 chromosomes, 24 pairs of chromosomes, except humans. We have 23. The nub that we have a nub. So if you get in here and you look at our chromosomic descriptor, it'll show that between you have this one branch, that's number one.

Then you have number two. And then on all other primates, it goes on to number three. What we have is that we have this we have this kind of a situation where there's a burn mark right there, and our number three is now our number two. And so we only have 23 pairs of chromosomes, so we're genetically modified, okay? So there's no other beings on this planet that have positive genetic modifications in the sense of insertion of genes.

That may have happened in the far, far distant past, but everybody that's come here and mucked about since has done so by extracting stuff, not by putting it in. Okay? So now the space aliens come down and they're intent on modifying us for their own purposes, whatever those may be. And so they set about modifying various different populations. Not all populations of humans could be modified as well as others.

And so some populations were favored, okay? And so in our map of our reality here, the space aliens had huge bases in Mesoamerica. They were kind of centered, equatorially, right? But there was a big area up in here because they had taken over India and spread out into China and up into the various regions of central Eurasia. In that area, they took over a population that later on became the Khazarians, okay?

The centralized area here between northern India and between Europe was the Khazarian Empire. That group was taken over by the same group of space aliens that later on went down and took over the people of South Yemen and they marched them up the Red Sea to take residence in Judea. And these were the people of the Bible, okay? These were Moses and Adam and Eve and all of that. These were all GMO people, right?

They took over these twelve tribes down here after they abandoned the Kazarians. There was some little bit of success with the Kazarians, and then something happened. Now I'm putting the space aliens abandoning the Khazarians to a war that was going on between the space aliens groups. Various different groups of the space aliens. Whoever had taken over the Khazarians were defeated by the space aliens that had taken over India.

The larger mass of them. And this group that had been dealing with the Khazarians abandoned the Khazarians. That's a key element here, okay? They abandoned them after creating some level of genetic modification. Now the Khazarians themselves, at their core, will claim that they're the only group on the planet that have an additional gene, that it actually is the first time of a gene insertion.

That's why that's their claim to fame, right? What I actually think happened was that the space aliens adapted Homo capensis, the cone heads, and they did a genetic modification on them. And that's what produced the Kazarians, okay? And the inner Kazarian Mafia. So Rothschild, the Rothschild family is a conehead remnant anyway, so we keep going with this.

The Kazarians are of the opinion that they're genetically modified in a way that's different than all the other humans. And in fact, there's some reason to suspect that they have an additional little tiny bit of DNA here that I call the dongle that was not really effectively scrubbed. So when the gene was edited or the chromosome was edited, a little tiny bit remains. And they think that makes them special somehow. In any event.

So the people that took them over, left them, abandoned them up here and took these other people over down here and created all of our Bible history. And you read about it as the El. As the elohim. As the actual space aliens. If you go read Naked Bible morrow Biglino it's there in plain sight.

Anyway, the Khazarians got really pissed. They were upset. They have this huge angst over being abandoned by the El. The Elohim who then go on and do their genetic modifications, create Adam eve and know really cooking along, right? Go along to create Jesus and so on.

Those are the same space aliens as had created the Khazarians. Later on, the Khazarians discovered that their space aliens had done this and were now located down here in Judea. So about depending on history, anywhere from 500 to 1000 years pass. And the Khazarians get into a pickle with their neighbors, the Russians and the Europeans and the Turks, because the Khazarians, like the El, the people that had taken over them, have this habit of going out and stealing children, cutting them open and smoking out the adrenaline, right? They're adrenochromatics.

And so the Khazarians align themselves with the Judeans and create the Jews, okay? There's no word for Jew in the Bible. It doesn't show up. It's a modern insertion. And so this is a more accurate history.

If you go read, as I say, the Naked Bible morrow the Glino, and look at some of his works and so on, absolute word for word translation. So there's nothing hidden, right? So if you go to modern translation, it says God every time the word l pops up or Elohim. And they never say gods, right?

It's a con job in that sense. So now the Khazarians, now claiming to be Jews and making the Judeans also into Jews, set off on all of the history that we've all lived through. So now here's the thing about the Khazarians, okay? So the Khazarians are the ashkenazi. Okay.

But the Ashkenazi, they don't have a clue as to what's going on with the Khazarians. The ashkenazi are normies. Okay. They're as deluded as any other normie, okay? They believe the history they've been told, which is obscured, and they believe that they were chosen.

They believe all of this stuff. Most of them don't read Hebrew. So mostly Jews don't read the Bible in Hebrew, and mostly they just rely on the word from the rabbis as to what it actually says. So it's kind of like with the Bible. Same story as with the Bible.

Exactly. It's bogus. All the way through, right? And so I like knowing what's going on. Basically because of the paranoid schizophrenia.

There's something about that, right? Most people don't understand this schizophrenics and other people that suffer very acute mental illnesses, they don't necessarily hallucinate, but they don't have a for sure indicator that what's appearing in front of them is solid and material, right? So it's not necessarily a hallucination for them to say, are you real? There's some indication here a fog or something, right. That makes me think that there's some fuzziness here, right?

And once you go to hyperspace and you understand that we're all in consciousness and we're all encapsulated little bits of consciousness, thinking we're living in a totally material world, then you understand that there are things in our material world that are not necessarily as material as everything else. And thus we have all of the issues of ghosts and all of these kind of things, right? And then too, let's get into the other functional part of the woo of the weird view of this. Once you understand this, you can become a very powerful martial artist, okay? And you can become a very powerful shaman once you grasp this view.

So the second time I died and I understood this, I died. I rolled off of my bed, I'd been poisoned by bad drugs that were sold to me as mescaline and who the hell knows what they were? But they killed me. And so I roll off the bed and fall on the ground and my body is dead. At that point I leave my body, I'm 16 and a half, something like that.

And just like with hyperspace, I find myself spherical. Only in this case, there's two very large spheres up over my head, somehow able to the size of a soccer stadium but somehow fitting in my room. And then there's eleven other smaller spheres that are all clustered together, moving around, okay? And they're all clustered together and there's a space missing, there's a space for a twelveTH sphere. And so I'm a sphere, I'm dead.

So I figure, what the hell? So I float on up there, okay? So the other two large spheres, one of them is my knower and another one is my thinker, okay? And so I realize instantly, oh, none of the memories I've ever had are in my head, none of the memories are in my body. And I realized all these different kinds of things instantly upon being dead and encountering this, I also realized, oh, I'm the doer in the body.

So this is the thing guys. If you want a real detailed understanding of this, you can read us a book. It's 1080 pages and there is not one word in there that is excess. They went and they worked that book over to make sure there was not one excess word. It was written in the 50s by Harold Percival.

It's called thinking and destiny. There's a free version online. I like paper books, so I've got a couple of paper versions of it, but you can read it in PDF form. Anyway, so I realized at that point that I'm the doer in the body, as are you. Okay?

And so we have a very special obligation and activity. And the old saying is quite true. Ours is not to reason why, ours is to do then die. Okay? And so we are here to perform things, to do tasks both for ourselves and for our grander selves, but also for the universe in general.

So we are as important to the materium as the little machine elves are to hyperspace. We are a mechanism within materium for the creation of novelty. Okay? That's the point. Getting back to this universe was bored.

Consciousness was bored. It wanted to see if it was possible that something outside of itself could be created that it would not know about ahead of time. And if you really think about that, it's everything, it knows all. That's a really difficult task to achieve, right? And so it sets us up with all of these weirdnesses that there might be random.

And so as a computer programmer, I was instantly destroyed to realize that the RND function in assembly language was not truly random. It only picked a number between these particular rain in this particular range and it did so in a very deterministic way. And you could expand it and make it so that humans couldn't pick that number. But nonetheless, it's deterministic. It's not truly random.

And so there is no truly random anything within the universe at all. And it is merely an illusion that we think that that might be the case. And it's necessary that most of us have that illusion in order that we might be able to do the things that we do as the doers in the body. But what we do when we die is we go on up to this larger the group of eleven, join it and become the doer in the body. But outside of having any body, and then the next one of those spheres takes off with a body.

So we live in sequence. As far as I know, there's always eleven on the sidelines and only one active at any time. Okay? There's six are female and six are male. And those never change.

So every one of my lives are going to be male. There's a reason for this.

Yeah. What is the reason? It's multiplicitous. None of it relates to us. Okay.

It is necessary that as a male that you have this male attributes whether or not you're actually in a body and that you deal with being male in and out of bodies. Okay? So we can expect a wide range of experience with each and every one of our incarnations and we will have millions of these. All right? So the saying is that to become a human takes 85 million incarnations, that there is a spark of life.

It's put out there. It's a bacterium. And if that spark, for whatever reason, and we could get into that, but it's not meaningful. But for whatever reason, it continues, it will progress. So it's progress or discontinuation.

There's no hold line. Right. And so there are a lot of humans, doers in the body that can't take it, that psychic whatever, is not strong enough to take the abuse of being in the material. And there are beings that will basically disappear because they can't get enough of the doers in the body to hang together as a unit of twelve. Right?

So there's some risk. So you can't, for instance, go and repeatedly commit suicide. At some point, the universe will give up on you. Right.

If you read through Thinking and Destiny, you get some idea of some of these things that actually are manifest. And I know that these are true because long before I encountered the book Thinking and Destiny, I learned all this stuff in hyperspace, talking to these other beings, right. Because they wanted to talk. Hyperspace is an interesting place because we are as interesting to them as they are to us in terms of alien experience. Right.

Now back to the male and the female thing. This brings me to the topic you discussed with Lee Merritt, dr. Lee Merritt. When you're talking about the Chinese Cultural Revolution, and one of the aspects was how they created or tried to make men into women. I forget the exact context, but it was about hairy something.

What happened there? The hairy crabs. Yeah, that's what it is. Okay. Those people that were going to create the Communist state in China were Khazarians, okay?

Khazarians invented communism. Karl Marx was a Khazarian. Engels was a Khazarian. The Khazarian banking establishment, bear in mind, they own all the central banks. The Khazarians have conquered planet Earth, and we're in the process of a counter.

We're in the process of a revolution or an insurgency against the ruling banking elite. Right? The Khazarian mafia. Okay. So the Khazarians created all of this.

They do. So they created Russian Revolution. They created the Communist revolution in China. But they moved in into China, I want to say maybe 20 years before there was any activity at all. They had Khazarians moving into China, setting up all of the necessary organizations that would need to be there for the rise of whoever they picked to be the Communist leader.

And they ultimately picked Mao. One of the ways that they do these Communist revolutions is to upset the social order in communism. In the old way, they could mostly do it around economics with the idea know, everybody would be equal and there would be no longer any of this great corruption disparity. And they, of course, the Khadzari and Mafia were the ones that were doing the corruption, so they could use that and exacerbate it. Et cetera, okay?

Now, when they come into China, they start using a new technique, which was the disruption of those things that are solid. So basically, what they want to do any way they can in order to foment a revolution, communist takeover, is to disrupt your association, your grounding in reality. And so if they can deground you from your sexuality and claim that gender is uber olives, all of this kind of thing, it's the same level of effectiveness as if they can get you to believe you're a cat, they destroy your identity. Correct. And they unhinge you from your reality, your family, everything that supports you, and therefore your mind can be reprogrammed, so to speak.

Right? And so basically they're trying to in my opinion, they're trying to take all of the social order on a trip, right? And this is why I see all of these people and it's like, no, I've been to hyperspace. You people are not scary. You're not even that funny.

And so that's really what's going on. Now, the Harry Krabs in China, they did exactly what they are doing here, and they took a 25 year period of time to disrupt the Chinese social order to the point that they even started doing gender transitioning surgeries and the whole thing there, right? And so this would have been in the late 20s. They really began that in earnest, and so they'd been working on it for some period of time. And then we come up to the Chinese revolution, which takes forever because of the nature of the Chinese attachment to society, confucianism family, all of that, right?

So China was a real tough nut for the Communists to crack, much more so than the US. Because we'd already started drifting away from our familial associations when they started assaulting us in the late eighty s and ninety s. But they have to do that. The Hairy Crabs was a name that was applied to the trans people in China that they used as spies. There was a particular guy in what we would think of as the CCP.

He actually predated the CCP, and he created the whole trans movement in China. And he used the trans people as basically an army spies, prostitute spies and assassins. And it was anything but. So just as antifa is being used by the same people that used the trans people, and antifa is mostly trans, that's just basically another reincarnation of the Hairy Crabs. It doesn't work as well here in Western society as it did for the takeover of Communists of China.

China, I think it's really in its waning. Okay? So we've reached the peak, and we're starting to fall away from that. And there's going to be very disruptive things that will occur that I think will blow that particular aspect of things to a much more minor level of our social order real quick, like within the next year.

But basically what happened back then is what they're trying to do with us in the Western world in the very same way, right? It's just not working that well.

Now, before we started the recording, I said that I had just been given a very long, I don't know, 20 or 30 pages, not very long, but assessment, which was written up by it's an article really, which was written up by a group of German scientists and people who are spiritual people. And their assessment is their view of the world, including what's going on in Ukraine. I used to think that once they understand, the other side understands that the Pandemic 2.0 will not work because most people are not going to be in line with that same narrative over again. Even those who used to be, I used to think that this is what's going to trigger them. They're trying to test the waters right now, and when they see in mid September or so it's not going to work, that's when they're going to turn to war, a hot war, because that's the only way to keep us in panic mode so that we will continue to follow orders.

I mean, those on the other side of the fence. But then I spoke with Dr. Rima Labo and she ah, maybe that's one of the purposes, but the other one is probably they know that we're not going to do it again. So the other purpose, and this is particularly true for the United States, is to create civil unrest. And that may be the case, but if that is the case and this is going to start happening, I think, in mid September, October, so this group of people who are looking at Ukraine, who are thinking that maybe the Ukraine war will even maybe it stops, but they're not quite sure.

But the one thing that they're sure about is something is coming up right now in September and in October. Do you agree with that? Even though we don't know? I agree with that. Something's coming up, but their worldview is skewed, okay?

So Putin is not going to stop. This is not a war as they understand it. Ukraine is Khazaria. You grasp that, right? Ukraine is the central point of Khazaria.

The Khazarian Mafia rules there. They have adrenochrome parties, they harvest children, they harvest Russian children. This is exactly the same situation as existed back in 1000 Ad. When the Rus people, the Turk people, and all of the white peoples of Europe all got together and told the Khazarians, you people have to stop this. And so we will allow you to choose a religion rather than destroy you all.

Okay, that was a mistake, right? That was a big mistake, as we understand now. Okay? But they did. And so they chose to be Jews.

And thus it was at that point that all of the vampirism, all of the blood in the seder bread, all of this kind of stuff gets into. Judaism because these are blood drinkers, right? The Khazarian troops used to do that. They used to eat the liver of their enemies.

So now we have people that are saying well the war is going to do this and war is going to do that. No it's not. Russia is doing this and they've been factual in saying they're doing this because too many Russian children were being disappeared by the Ukrainians across the border and they're just not going to have it anymore. Okay? And so this is the final battle.

This is a coordinated battle. It is global. It is not Russia versus Ukraine. It is all the peoples versus the Khazarians. Most of the people of the planet are totally ignorant of this and may indeed be totally ignorant of this all their lives and never wise up to this level of the war.

We've been in this war for 6000 years and we're in the final battle parts of it. We are in a very special point of time in my opinion. Not for the reasons you suggest though, but for a larger scope of things. But what you're saying is indeed in my opinion going to manifest. But it is just sort of a minor part of all of this as we go on.

So Hawaii was an attack, right? Lahaina was an attack. The California fires were an attack. Just the other day, Turkish fires were an attack by a beam weapon. So there's a global, ongoing, maybe nationalistic kind of a war.

I don't know who's fighting who, but we know for sure that's the Khazarian mafia against everybody else. But they may have tricked one nation to think that it's got to fight another nation because this is how they work. But we're coming into a period of time that the Khazarian mafia can no longer be able to hold their position of ignorance of the rest of the planet. So what allows them to exist is that we don't think of the central banks as being an invasion. We don't think of this as all being one giant cabal, et cetera, et cetera.

People are not awake to all of this. They think of the reality that they've been spoon fed through their mind control systems that we call schools is real. That's all breaking down. The Khazarian mafia made a very bad strategic move, okay? They decided to upend all of our minds and break open all of our structures at the same time in order to take us over in a communist approach.

And it was at that point that the rest of the planet started attacking the Khazarians because when they've done all of this to this huge amount of people, the rest of the planet can awaken those people too. Just as the Khazarians were planning to put us to sleep under communism, the rest of the planet is going to waken us up to the Khazarian threat using the fact that our minds are disorganized and unstable and floating right now and able to look at things in a different way. And so it's become a very key element in our particular war at the moment. And I don't think that it's September and October. Okay.

So I think that we've started this. We started it with attack on Hawaii and that the novelty of the war itself will emerge around April 3. It'll take that long for lots of people to be discussing this, but now we're getting into it. It's really growing. So we're seeing the memes everywhere pop up that say, I'm educated, I know that if I wear blue, I'm safe from space beams, that kind of thing, right?

And so we'll see all of these things pop up, and people will just start looking. And then pretty soon the normies will start getting into it and our worldview will change. And the Khazarian Mafia won't be able to prevent that. They're desperate to do that. Their power extends from the Kali Yuga, okay?

From the fact that we went through 2400 years of very low emanations from Galactic Central, and most humans were born pretty stupid. And our biggest technology was a grinding wheel powered by donkeys. And so as we come out of the Kaliyuga, though, our minds expand and we get into the world that we're in now, talking across, networking and so on. But the minds that are able to deal with and create that world are not donkey riding minds. And so this is why we're resisting and we will overcome the Khazarians it's because universe will not allow us to progress into the further into the Bronze Age and then the Silver and the Golden Age.

With our minds being dumbed down this way, they're doomed to defeat, but they cannot do anything else because of their past action, right? So they're caught with their own guilt, and they cannot do a Maya culpa, come clean and convert themselves. This is just part of the nature of our reality. Universe wants to see what will actually manifest under these conditions. And if it's not that pretty, well, universe doesn't care much, then nature will strike back.

This is what many people expect. I have a good friend who is an attorney from Ontario, Canada. He kind of out of frustration, left Canada. He's had a home in the Sacred Valley in Peru since 2004, and that's where he spends his time now. But that's what he's been saying too, that if people don't get their act together, basically, that's when nature is going to strike back.

Well, maybe it's going to be a whole set of cataclysmic events, which some people expect to happen. But I do think, and I wonder if you would agree with that. I do think that we can change things if we have the right level of, I don't know, awareness or consciousness. And I think we're moving towards this level of consciousness. And I think this is part of it our connecting with each other, exchanging information, me talking to you, trying to understand what I didn't even have any idea about existed.

I think this is part of this, and I think that if we can continue on this path, and I think we are, then the worst can be averted. We're not going to fall into that trap. I'm absolutely certain that the other side cannot win this. They probably have already lost. Some people say that their head has already been chopped off, but what they're trying to do is keep us in this trap for as long as possible.

I don't know, maybe to see if maybe we're going to make some really bad mistakes so that they can come back or something like that. Does that make sense? Yeah, that does make sense. But in my way of thinking, most of the rank and file don't know they've lost. Mostly they are addicts attempting to maintain their addictive states now in the varying circumstances and don't think that far ahead.

Most of these people are not really great thinkers. So, like I say, I've met a lot of them, bill Gates and among others.

So I think of them as attempting to maintain their power because of what it feeds for them and that they're not very bright. They think they've got the world by the tail kind of a thing. And they don't recognize that our planet changes over time because of the cyclic nature of the Yugas where it is in relation to the Galactic Center, the amount of intervening mass between Galactic Center and us. You've seen that, right? You've seen that drawing?

I did. Okay, so as that occurs, humanity is changing. It doesn't mean that we're going to go to some Kumbaya peace, love and light sort of a thing, right? We must experience the worst that the Khazarian Mafia has to offer. Okay?

All right, so I'm a real hard case. I've died three times, right? This has a tendency to made me harsh relative to reality. Okay? So I just don't tolerate illusion in that regard.

And so my motto is none asked, none given. Okay? This is an old Revolutionary War and military motto, right? No quarter asked and none will be given. And I don't ask it because it is necessary that I must experience it.

I know this is what universe wants because I must be changed by that experience going forward in order that that change might affect other changes in the future that universe desires. So in that sense, I am a cog and my experiences are the grease of the machinery, even though they are my experiences. And I will take them with me into my afterlife and I will do things with them as I should. There is multiplicity of purposes for each and every action, no matter how small or how large. Now, I am not of the opinion that nature is going to do anything to us.

I don't have the same kind of an approach to life that Martin Armstrong does, okay? I know. We're into the Bronze Age. We're not going to face civilization destruction. It's just not in the cards now because it can't happen because we're in an ascending phase, right?

There's civilization transformation. So I see all of this as a progression upward and in a good way. And we must shed this baggage as we go forward. Right? That's why we're suffering all of these things now, is that we must suffer it in order that we might see it, in order that we might make the decision.

We have 2400 years of Kaliyuga that split into two 1200 year halves, right? The descending and then the ascending. We're just out of that. We're into the Bronze Age here. Now, when we get into the Bronze Age, the first 300 years of the Bronze Age are sort of a look back to the Kaliyuga.

We invent stuff. We get science, we get medicine, we get machinery. We don't ride donkeys anymore. But we're continually looking back, thinking the Ancients had something, getting trapped in the religion and all this stuff of the Kali Yugas, right? Okay.

This is one quarter. There's this dimensionality to time that relates around the number four. I won't divert. But in any event, one quarter of this is 75 years. This is actually split into thirds.

So we have 25 years and we have 25 years, and we have 25 years. This 25 years, which we've just finished, we're finishing now because we're 325 years from the end of the Kaliyuga, which was in the year 1698. But this 25 years that we're just finishing now is the acknowledgment, the wrap up, the understanding, okay? So look how chaotic it is now. And these last 25 years have been.

And they're like the pinnacle, the absolute culmination of all of these threads of the last 300 years. Einsteinian quantum mechanics taking us nowhere for the last 50 years, all of these various different things that have all reached this peak. People right now are in the process of abandoning quantum mechanics. They're in the process of abandoning the large hand run collider because it yielded nothing, it produced nothing that Einstein said should exist. And so we're going to abandon all of that.

So this is the period of eyes open, okay, looking back. This is the period of eyes open looking around. This is the period of eyes open, looking forward. So the next 25 years, we're going to fight and live and die and have terrible times with the Kazarian mafia, but we're in the process of abandoning it, throwing it away, throwing away all the garbage they put on us, the central banks, Einsteinian stuff, all of this sort of thing, right? And so these are predictable and have been predicted, these periods of time.

So if you live through these next 25 years, this next generation, in the end, part of that generation we will have a huge level of inventions, okay? Mass it's going to be a huge level of invention throughout this next 25 years, no matter what. But in those last five or so years of that 25 year period, it will just balloon out like you will not believe, and it will set the tone for the next 25 years that will then take us into the 2400 years of this ascending Bronze Age. And so that's my view. I'm very optimistic.

Right. So I don't see the destruction of civilization or anything. I see lots of destruction, lots of chaos, lots of angst, murder, mayhem, suffering like you won't believe. Right. But that which does not kill me makes me stronger.

And in fact, I can legitimately say that which does kill me makes me stronger. Know, we're at that phase now. So I love Martin. He's a great guy. I've never seen his code.

His stuff focuses more on, you know, as I say, his viewpoint is, I think, trapped by the grit approach. Right. Yeah. And I used to think that he doesn't take spirituality into account enough, but he does just well, maybe not enough. Maybe he's trapped in the grid.

That makes sense to me, really. So in that sense, I'm optimistic, too. My grandfather, he's the one who said, what doesn't kill you makes you stronger. So in that sense, I'm optimistic just in that same manner. I just wish it wouldn't take so long, because most of us are running out of steam right now.

Most of us on this side of the fence. Many of us are frustrated and just think they can't handle it anymore. I keep telling my friends, I have a really good friend who I met in India when my wife and I spent three weeks there last year at an Ayurveda retreat. And he's a very young ex Deutsche banker. He used to work for Deutsche Bank.

Left in frustration when he saw that it's all corrupt. This is the bank of the Criminals. This is what I realized in 1993 when I was working for them in Tokyo. But he says basically the same thing that you're saying. When he left Deutsche Bank, he spent a year at an Indian ashram.

And he says, this is what's going to happen. It's going to be another 25 and another 25 years. But this is the end for them. They can't win it. But we're going to have to go through some hard times for probably the next 30 years or 25 years or so, just convincing them of that.

Yes, they're good fighters, right. And you got to give them that. They're really evil. They're twisted. They do all these terrible things.

But their persistence has made us stronger. So I've wrestled. I've done judo, karate, all different kinds of fighting, aikido and so on. And I always appreciate an opponent that makes me work for it. But you're quite correct.

We will win. So whenever I get Sagging out, get the down key right? That's when I know it's time to go and work on myself. Most people don't have martial arts training, so they just don't understand that, right. Oh, if I feel it that way, okay, I need to go and rebuild my key force.

But that's where we're at now, is the potential for Sagging. You'll see some level of the Kazarian mafia attempting to take advantage of that. It'll be sort of like tentative kind of things. We didn't really mean COVID we didn't really want you to take these. Everybody can be happy again, that kind of thing, as they try and ingratiate themselves back in.

It's not going to work this time. They don't understand the mechanics of the Kali Yuga and how it's affected people and in fact they deny that such things exist because of the nature of their adherence to Einsteinianism and the linear progression, et cetera, et cetera. So their viewpoint will end up being destroyed. I think September and October are going to be interesting months, very energetic, but by April next year, I think that the hyper novelty will have come out to the point where even the normies will be discussing it. All of the different things that are happening and how people are going to react to that, I just don't know.

It's going to be quite OD because there will just be so much stuff coming out and a lot of it's going to go back thousands of years and so your underpinning for your entire worldview will be thrown over. Nothing you learned in school will turn out to be factual. Yeah, I think this is going to be too much for a lot of people who are going to be caught by surprise. This is going to be utter chaos to them because it's going to destroy their whole worldview. I hope it's going to be different for us because at least in my case, I can say I've been dealing with this for the last three years.

Before that, I knew something wasn't right, but I had absolutely no idea how bad things really are and how much we'd been lied to. I think the one consolation is that while this child abuse ritual, child abuse, child sacrifice stuff is absolutely horrific, at the same time as this is another one of Rima Labo's thoughts, at the same time this is what's going to break their backs. Because once people understand what's been going on and what is still going on, the other side will not be able to explain this away. They can explain away, oh, we made mistakes with the vaccines. Oh well, maybe some of us went too far, stuff like that.

But this cannot be explained away. That's why I think we need to expose this in particular. So that Maui 2000 children missing. How can that be? So that everyone, even if they don't understand the rest of the story, everyone will begin to ask questions and that'll be their downfall.

Ultimately, I think already is you're already seeing the memes out there. It won't be organized, though. It's not going to be like across the social order. So my opinion, what will emerge is that we'll see signs of the change by how fearful the powers that be become. So they won't tell us that they lost two security guards in a sniping attack attempting to get their principle right.

Whether it's Klaus Schwab or Bill Gates or whoever, we just won't learn that. We'll see them becoming very much agitated. They'll start changing all their patterns and this sort of thing, right? I expect that there will be. Okay, so we're at war, all right?

There's a global war going on now, and they're not using nukes, they're not using bombs. They're using these energy weapons because it's so much cheaper and easier to do that than to send an airplane over with stuff you actually had to make. Right. That war is going to escalate in a serious way. Within that war, I think we will see personal private wars and aggrieved parties will start taking vengeance once they know that the larger war is ongoing.

So as the larger war comes out into the open over these next five or six months, I think you will see private reactions to these kind of things that will be very distressing for some of the people that are in charge, because what happens is that a mental threshold is crossed. And so you'll see this shown in movies where usually they start off and they show like, some fit, attractive woman, and she suffers all these horrible things to herself and her family in the early part of the film. And then she goes on to find usually some older guy who instructs her in the martial arts, and then she comes out to be a hit person on the end. Right? Yeah.

And she's doing it because her social cohesion was destroyed in the early part of the movie. And then she gets educated as to what's going on. Okay. So I expect that sort of thing to be happening in real life against the powers that be, to the point that we have social manifestations of it in the you know, I'm actually expecting people to know. Sniper rifles.

And take shots at government officials. And then that really is how it's going to become visible to us, the private parties, who would know if someone took a shot at Klaus Schwab. Nobody knows his schedule, all of this kind of thing. Right. But sooner or later, they're going to start trying to take out some of the corrupt government officials, not necessarily in the United States.

And at that point, we'll start seeing that there's this emerging war between the populace and the oppressors, right, between the Khazarian mafia and all of the people that are now becoming awake. And I actually think it won't be old really awake guys like us that do that. It'll be the new ones that are suffering the shock of it, all right? And a lot of them will have been damaged by what they've gone through.

Okay? So I don't ascribe to the idea of spirituality, okay? Spirituality the notion the concept arises from people that are grit focused, right? Okay. Somehow spirituality is different than the consciousness that they think is imbued in the grit.

So I don't buy that at all. So what people would describe as spirituality, I describe as capacity for consciousness. Consciousness? Yeah. Okay.

So I'm conscious. I have a capacity to some degree for various aspects of spirituality. So I know a guy. Dick. Algae.

He's a great remote viewer. I know other remote viewers. These guys, I don't think of them as messing with spirituality. I think of them as dealing in the consciousness trade. Right.

They have consciousness skills. I know people that are that way. If they get a tarot deck in their hands, they're very keyed in. It's not spirituality. It's an ability to deal with their consciousness, with the material around them.

Other people do it through dreams and this kind of thing. I believe that makes sense. Yeah. And I did it with computer software, right. Teasing the words that leak out of people's consciousness that suggests something's going to come and aggregating them.

And so I did it the hard way, really, it turns out. But in any event, so these guys that do the remote viewing are telling us things, okay? And so they are telling us that we are in a war and that there was a guy that I know of, and I've seen the results who did a remote viewing of the Maui attack a year before it occurred, actually a year and four months before it occurred. And he pegged it to energy weapons and described them, described the pulses, described the noise, described the water burning, all of these things that we saw. That was just part of a larger remote viewing effort that is describing this war that's ongoing now, emerging into the open over these next few months.

And a lot of the spiritual people, the people that are psychically attuned that ride their psy currents and feel this stuff and know that they're psychic and react to it are all feeling the same thing. And we're all bumbling about it in the same kind of way, saying that. And I'm describing it as hyper novelty, but some of them are describing it as, oh, the war with the Khazarians is going to erupt in December. It'll be open, then we'll know about it, that kind of thing. Or they'll say that even weird things like kidnap children on spaceships that'll come out by January.

So I do web scraping. So I concentrate and I see all of these psychic impressions linked out in the text. And in that sense, your supposition about September and October is quite correct. In my work. Well, since slightly before, like maybe two weeks before the Maui attack, we've seen just ratcheting up of all kinds of emotional tension on release language.

Okay. Like a war shocked. So you're releasing the emotion, that kind of thing. Building tension is where you're just keeping it contained. Right.

But you're feeling it, both of those. You can have a ten level released language in that you're jumping up and down and oh my God, or you can have a ten in building tension and then you're just about ready to strike somebody. Okay, so different mindsets. But we're dominating now in release language and it's going to continue to dominate. And I think that's why we're entering in this period of hyper novelty.

But the other people that are trading in psychic business would tend to agree, I think, and that would also support your supposition that September and October are going to be very energetic months and it's going to lead to this hyper novelty emergence. Going to be a very strange time. Yeah. But I agree with you. We have reason to be optimistic because it's going in the right direction, even though it's going to be a tough road to walk for quite a bit.

Not for all of us, but for most of us, I'm afraid, and I tend to agree with you also when you're saying that we need to go through this. It is a necessary experience. I just hope we're going to be able to protect ourselves as best as we can so that we'll come out at the other end mostly unharmed or as unharmed as we could. But that's something that each and every one of us has to deal with for themselves individually. I don't think we can do that as a collective.

Right. That's impossible, I think. Dagma yeah. Cliff I have a little bit a different question. Where does this phenomenon, this energy of love, is located in your worldview?

Because there are many mystics who say existence is made out of the stuff called love. I mean, I now heard nothing where one could guess that. You mean sentiment, too? I don't have that view. Okay, so that's not my view.

All right, so it takes us 85 million lives to become human, all right? So you start off as a spark, you become a bacteria. Ultimately you're an insect, you work your way up. I was a dog for a long time. I had many lives as a dog, okay?

You find these things as you grow older. Any dog that comes around me instantly, we have bond and they can do anything. I tell them it's just because I was a dog, we understand each other. So I got stuck as a dog. Some people get stuck as birds and so on.

Right, okay. So we experience love in those lives and we probably even generate them in those lives, especially when we're dogs, that kind of thing. Right. It is a natural outgrowth of consciousness. But I do not see that love is the guiding force of consciousness.

I do not see it as the guiding force of the material, nor do I see it as an end goal, or nor do I see that there is an end state for the material. So if we had to look at it in a brutally factual way, the best way to characterize it would be the idea of Brahma's dream. So the Hindus had this idea that Brahma, the ultimate god of everything, goes to sleep and dreams and we're all his dream. And then at some point he's going to wake up and we'll all disappear. Then he'll look around and then he'll go back to sleep and dream another dream.

So this is harsh because when he wakes up and we all disappear, we're not coming back. Right? So you have to understand that in that viewpoint, love is something that you treasure but you don't necessarily expect, and you value it. It's interesting because you give it away in order to value it. So it's not held that way, but it is not.

So I do not have the viewpoint that a lot of the spiritual people or a lot of the Christian mystics or whatever might have it's very much more, I want to say mechanical to us in a certain sense. Right, okay. So love is a vibration that exists in the material. But it is one of the qualities, just like intuition and creativity, it's one of the qualities that makes us human. And I do know that a lot of people drift off into love is everything without really knowing what they're talking about.

It's something that seems to give them an anchor. But I still don't think that not everyone, but most of the people who I've seen, we have love is the only answer, and love is everything.

It's not palpable. It is nothing that they can't even deal with it. They believe in it in a strange way, but they can't deal with it. But I do think that this is one of the qualities that makes us human. And that the other side, the Kazarians don't have, they're not capable.

That's why I think in a medical, clinical way, and this is not my idea, but this is after I have done all these interviews and then I delved into psychopathy of the psychology and then the psychopathy of who the other side is, I think in a clinical way, the definition of psychopaths is probably correct. At least that's what the medical experts tell me. So they'd lack this quality, they lack any other human quality as well. And that is very strange. But it is important to know that, because if you don't know it, you don't know how to defend yourself against these people because you believe that if you talk to them, the politicians, the media people, those puppets they're using, they're also psychopaths, not.

All of them. Of course, you continue to believe that. If only, like you, I got through to them. If only they would understand. They don't give a shit.

They don't care. They're not capable of sympathetic vibration, so they're not capable of that vibrational area. I don't expect that out of humans. I had a real rough upbringing as an army brat. Right.

We won't go into the details, but it was rough. So I don't expect that as a dominating force. And I know that the Khazarians you're quite correct, they are psychopaths. They may actually not even be able to have certain kinds of emotions because of that genetic modification for them. But that genetic modification, by the way, does not extend to the ashkenazi.

The ashkenazi Jews are wrapped around the Khazarians like a protective cloak, a sacrificial cloak. And this is the way it's always been, right? So they intend to sacrifice the Jews when the heat gets too much. And this is why I've been, for all of these years, been so consistent about saying, it's not the Jews, it's the Khazarians. Pay attention.

Makes perfect sense. They're hiding behind the Jews. That's what's happening. Right? And they are pretenders.

That's all they do. There's a book out there. Codex oralinda. You may be familiar with it. It's the ancient pre teutonic language text.

It goes back to, like, 800 Ad and further back. And in there, they call the Khazarians the name stealers. And the Khazarians sat at a central hub. And what this guy who wrote it in Holland wrote this particular section in there. He was complaining because the Khazarians would have the Chinese come on over to do business with the people in Holland.

And the Khazarians would entrap the Chinese, give them a nice meal, poison them, take all of their effects, put one of the Khazarians in their gear and send them in to do the deal, get all the money and stuff and come back. And so the Khazarians were in between always stopping all these deals. They did it by impersonation, which was called name stealing in this old book. Okay? So this is why you see Jews taking other names is because the Khazarians did this name stealing at this very deep level.

And anything that they want to normalize, they push out into the Jewish social order such that you'll think it's the Jews doing it, not the Khazarians. Right? And I've got a lot of Jewish friends. A lot of people think I'm just a terrible anti Semite and nothing could be further from the truth. But they think that because I say that the Khazarians are not Semitic people.

They are not Judeans, and the Judeans are not Jews. And there were no Jews in Judea, nor any Jews in the Bible. And that this is a mechanism for protection that the Khazarians have engineered over all of these centuries. This is coming out now. And so as we get further into the Bronze Age and all of this stuff comes out, it becomes increasingly difficult to maintain the illusion.

And so we see that these illusionists are going to try maybe a grand illusion which is being discussed now. This grand illusion will have a series of events that will end up with Joe Biden going away, not going to jail or anything, somehow withdrawing, and Kamala Harris not being put in place, or maybe temporarily, but somehow they're going to try and run Obama's wife, Big Mike Obama, as a woman for president. Okay? That's really their only option. And this is like, in my mind, this is like stupid beyond belief because it's going to open up all of know gender issues.

And then once you acknowledge that Michelle is Michael Obama, then you got to ask yourself, where did those two kids come from? Exactly. And there's these rumors floating around with the real parents and even their names, the real parents names have been made public. Sure, this is a dangerous, dangerous move. I mean, this is a great move as far as I'm concerned.

But for them, it's extremely dangerous and stupid, as you said. And will they see that level of stupidity? How can they not see it? Right, yeah. But these people, they don't think as we do, as you were saying, you can talk to them until you were quite literally blue in your face, and it will achieve nothing because they cannot hear you.

They hear the words, but they're never going to be receptive to them. And so this is the war. This is a battle that we're in now. Is the Bug behind a lot of this? Okay, so I met people in hyperspace beings, hominids, that taught me things that I had conversations with that were also battling the Bug.

And I met one group or one guy who represented a planet. He was there seeking solutions. That's why people mainly go to hyperspace, is to seek novel solutions, because novelty exists there. That's what Terrence McKenna discovered, that novelty exists there at a level that is just truly fantastic. And probably all of our creativity and our inventions originate from our ShoShona, connecting us to the outer part of the materium where it connects into hyperspace.

Right, but anyway, so I met people there that had thrown the Bug out of their planet. And this one guy was ever so happy to meet me because he knew that we would be battling the Bug and he had things to tell me about how to do this. And we had great conversations, and I learned so much from that guy. I repaid him because they had ideas that they could not conceive of, just as we have things we can't conceive of until they're presented to us. And so he told me about the nature of time and how it works and this kind of thing.

Incredible education, like much more. It was the best university in the material okay? It is truly that it makes la una Manet's size look minuscule. But anyway, this guy taught me things and then I helped him out because he couldn't understand on his planet their conditions had changed, their environment had changed due to stuff happening and they were facing some problems that they hadn't encountered before. And he was there seeking a solution.

And it was like I looked at him and I kind of thought I'm really stoned and stuff. It's like well, it's kind of obvious, guys. You need paint, you need a sacrificial layer to put on all of your stuff for this dust that's eroding your materials. And it's like they never thought of a sacrificial layer on anything. And so he was just radically pleased and could not do enough for me.

And I met him there repeatedly, four times. It's difficult to arrange those sorts of things. Maybe he had been there hundreds of times and I only saw in those four right happenstance and so on, but truly phenomenal education. And so his thing was that we were just at that point where as our species were just getting into the point where we can throw off the bug and we've had this. So by my way of thinking, the Elohim and the Devas and those kind of people, they invaded us 12,000 plus years back.

And we've been dealing with them in the descending side of the yugas. And in my opinion, they probably prey on planets that are like us, that are yuga bound, that suffer the yugas and they come on in when we're heading into a decreasing mentitian side in order to take over. And so they're very predatory kind of beings, but so we've been dealing with this for 12,000 plus years. We've been dealing with the Khazarians for 6000 years and we're just in the process of getting rid of them. So of course, this is not a simple one, two, three kind of a job.

This is a multidecatal long process. Even though we will burst out into hyper novelty next year, we'll still be dealing with it 50 years out. I'm still glad this is going the way it's going. And I'm glad that even those of us who haven't made the experiences you've made, even those of us can relate to what you're saying. Because this is what this really is.

The Kazarian mafia is know the talented Mr. Ripley on a horrific scale only. And they may be being directed by space aliens and the right. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. That's what I believe.

After everything you told us today, this is great. This is great, Cliff. This was enlightenment and fun too. Okay, so enlightenment doesn't usually come with fun. Sometimes it does.

We have to do more of this. I know that most of our viewers, if not all of them, are just delighted to see what you have to tell them. And for many of us, for me in particular, some of the things that have been floating around and I couldn't really connect with the other stuff, the other dots. All of a sudden, it does begin to make sense. I'm not saying I understand everything, but it does begin to make sense.

And that's what it should. This is great. Again, is there anything that we need to know that you feel that we should have discussed but haven't? Universe provides and guides. It'll show up and we'll get together again.

Great. Very good. Well, it's a real pleasure. Thank you, Cliff. Thank you very much.

Been very nice talking with you. Nice talking to you. See you later. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Kid Wars – 09-07-2023

Kid Wars - 09-07-2023

Kid Wars - 09-07-2023

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the emergence of a war into public consciousness, comparing its effects on daily life to the wearing of masks during the COVID-19 pandemic. The author speculates that a significant portion of the population will become aware of this secret war and its weapons. This awareness will influence the upcoming elections, with a potential third of the population and many young adults being cognizant of the war. The author mentions a potential increase in weapon and ammunition purchases, leading to media speculation about an armed insurrection against the Biden regime. The author also touches on the impact of the war on schools, with students wanting to discuss the ongoing war and teachers being unprepared or unwilling to address it. The document further delves into the potential reactions of the public, including hoarding and purchasing gold, silver, and weapons. The author predicts that the mainstream media will struggle to spin the narrative, especially as more people become aware of the war. The upcoming election in 2024 will be heavily influenced by this war consciousness, with the MAGA movement playing a significant role. The author also hints at the possibility of discussions about extraterrestrial life and its implications for humanity.

#War #PublicConsciousness #Elections2024 #MAGA #BidenRegime #Weapons #Schools #Media #Propaganda #Extraterrestrial #SecretWar #Awareness #Hoarding #Gold #Silver #MainstreamMedia #Novelty #SpaceAliens #Officialdom #ElectionCycle #Hyperbole #Propaganda #EconomicIssues #InformationOverload #Relationship

Kid Wars - 09-07-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. Still Thursday, it's about after eleven something heading outward bound. Got all my chores done. Have to go in and do shopping once a week.

Royal pain.

Anyway, so had been talking about the emergence of the war into public consciousness. This is one of those things that's going to seriously change the dynamic, your interpersonal dynamic with people interacting on a daily basis because you'll start seeing people that are reacting to the war. Maybe they're going to wear blue tarps or something, just like people wore masks. Blue tarps would actually work against getting incinerated by the laser directed energy weapons, though, unlike mask, which didn't do anything at all except put carcinogens in your lungs, right? So anyway, this war stuff is going to be participating in the election next year, and it's going to cause, let's just say, about a third of the and I don't know that it's actually 30%.

It might be 40% or 20. I'm just making a guess here, but a sizable significant portion of the population is going to be cognizant of being in war having been in war having it be a secret war, having there be secret war weapons being used against them, all of this kind of stuff. And they'll be focusing on the Khazarian mafia as their enemy that is causing all the problems and is attacking them. Right. And they'll start referring to Lahaina as another Pearl Harbor in a serious way.

And no one or this whole third of the population, and we're talking the adult population, and then there might be another 50 or 60% of the kids. Okay, so I'm rather shocked and I guess I'm going to have to curtail some of my fucking language here, but I didn't realize I had that many children, or not children, but young adults listening to me, right? Young adults not yet at their majority, so under 20 ones. I just assumed it was a bunch of old farts like myself. But in any event, I get too many emails for that to be the case.

And I'm helping with too many young people with various different health issues who happen to write me in any event, so I do have a youngish audience and so I guess I'm going to have to tone down some of my fucking language. Yeah. Anyway, so say we've got a third of the population that is cognizant of the war and like maybe a third of all the kids. So the kids are going to cause their own issues in schools, all right? And they're going to cause issues to the point that the data is saying that sometime.

And so this is at the far edge of what I consider to be reliable. So probably it's more towards the end of November and first part of December in there. But we should see episodes where we have school officialdom reacting to what I want to say, not riots, insurrection, revolution within their schools. In other words, there will be kids that will go and take like I don't know what they teach them anymore. They don't teach them anything real, but they'll be in classes and they'll want to discuss the ongoing war and their teachers are going to freak out.

Okay? These teachers are abysmally ignorant in the main. All of the young teachers, especially all those that I've met, are too cowardly to be antifa, but they want to be right. And so they're on that tranny FAW train and they want to be fierce, radical leftists, but basically they're just too cowardly and they're working their way through someone else, right, the children and stuff anyway. So there's going to be contention at a serious way in areas like large school districts, not ubiquitous across the country, not initially, but as we get into the last month of this year, in January of next, we're going to see that these points of contention are going to start growing.

And so there will be some level on the news or somewhere the data is suggesting that there will be some level of acknowledgment by people that are tangentially connected to officialdom that this is ongoing. So you may see news stories about it on your local press. You'll certainly see all kinds of stuff on Twitter, TikTok, all of this kind of stuff. I actually expect the online portion of the rebellion to be breaking out earlier, maybe first part of November, maybe mid October or something, and to start impacting on the social media and then it's just going to grow. It's going to become its own little movement or phenomena, like a social level phenomena.

And it's going to go through the school systems and this idea is going to capture a lot of people, a lot of these kids, right, a lot of these very energetic teenagers are going to start turning their minds around because they will become convinced, as I am, that we have a war going, right? And that they are actively being targeted and they're actively victims of this war. And so this dynamic is going to change the evening dinner conversations. It's going to change the interaction with their parents because you know how kids are. They're going to be ragging on their parents to start doing things to protect themselves against the upcoming parts of the war.

You're going to see these kids, and to some extent the adults that are involved in this on their own, independent will also take a lot of these actions. But they'll start doing things like just in the run up to World War II. So people will start hoarding, they'll start buying extra stuff. You'll see that there will be a run on weapons and ammunition in a way that's never been seen before. And that's going to cause the mainstream media, the lying whore fuckers to come out and say it's because everybody's gearing up for 2024 and armed insurrection against the legitimately elected nice and effective controllers of our society, the Biden regime, right?

So they'll say everybody's buying all these weapons and stuff because they anticipate going to war with the Biden regime. It's going to freak them out, okay? So you'll see people that will legitimately be freaked out within officialdom because they won't know, all they'll know is the statistics. And so maybe it will be a doubling, I don't know. But there will be a large number of people that will be trying to get weapons and they'll be trying to get ammo and stuff because their minds will have changed and they'll realize that they have been attacked.

They've been attacked since at least 2001, I think it's been going for 6000 years. But that's neither here nor there. So they know they've been attacked, they know they've been attacked since 2001. They know the attacks are escalating and they know that the weapons are secret and silent and this is going to just freak them out. And so their response is going to be to have something to protect themselves.

You can't shoot a particle beam weapon that's coming down on you, but people will nonetheless feel better because they will have weapons. The Biden regime, people are going to just shit their pants over all of this. There's going to be other aspects of this that's also going to freak them out. So the knowledge of the war is going to start affecting people relative, especially the kids, like I've been saying, all these teenagers and it's going to affect things like the banking, okay? So because we're at war, people are going to start taking cash out.

They'll start buying gold, they'll start buying silver. As I say, they'll start buying weapons, they'll put their excess money into food. And people will stop saving dollars because they will understand more of the situation, and they know the dollar is dying, but also because they're pretty sure that the Biden regime is at war and is losing. Okay? And so that's going to cause some serious issues in terms of the social order to the point that you will see stories about it from officialdom's viewpoint, from the mainstream news viewpoint.

And so you'll see the actual events but of course it'll be colored by their interpretation of it all, which of course is 100% wrong.

They'll be trying to sell you their version anyway. So there will be reactions to the kids. We may see some level of contention in schools that will cause a real problem for the school administrator kind of guys because they're going to be put into a bind, okay? So they'll have teachers coming and telling them, my students are rebelling, they're actively involved in an insurrection, they're against the tranny FAW, all of our stuff is failing and we need to do something, Mr. School Administrator.

And so the teachers will be freaking out. The kids won't necessarily be freaking out about the school administrators or the teachers or any of that because they're wising up, right? They're realizing that the teachers are propagandists, don't teach them anything, yada yada, yada. But because they have this different paradigm, it's going to be a real collision of paradigms, right? And that real collision of paradigms is going to be reflected to you in terms of the mainstream media trying to put a spin on it for their own purposes.

It won't work. Too many people are waking up, too many people are wise to all this shit, but nonetheless, they will try. They have to. They have no other option. Their minds are extremely limited and they're just functionaries.

And so when shit happens, they function and they just function within the parameters of what they've been given.

So as we enter into 2024, which is the election year, you're going to see it's going to be an election year like 1942 kind of thing, right, where the war will be a major part of the election. Now, you're going to have an interesting dichotomy here.

I don't know that the mega people, okay, so the mega people will be aware of the war. It will be spreading through them by the many adults that are savvy to this, but also by their kids who are becoming savvy to this and are spreading it much faster, right? And so the mega people will become aware of the war. But I don't know if the officialdom within the mega party, like the Republicans and this kind of thing are going to openly acknowledge the ongoing aspect of the war during the election. I think maybe so up close to the actual days of voting, we'll have to deal with that aspect of it.

I have no level of indication within the data that Trump's going to come on out and start talking about the war or anything like that, but it will be part of the overall election cycle in 2024, at least from the ground up, so to speak, right? Because the kids will be talking about to their parents who are going to be going to vote and the parents are going to say, what the fuck, kid? And so the kid will have to convince them about all of this stuff. And because it is factual, the kids will have a relatively solid base from which to argue their position and it's going to drive parents nuts, going to drive them absolutely crazy because they don't need to think about this, but they do need to think about it because it's factual and it's ongoing, et cetera, et cetera. So the dynamic of our election cycle is going to be changed as a result of this.

Now I'm expecting as an aspect of the hyper novelty that we're going to up level the whole discussion about an interaction potentially with space aliens. So it's going to be hugely spread out, so to speak, in the sense that only maybe a third of the people in the electorate are going to be talking about the war in an active fashion. You'll find many people that will be dismissive of it, especially those people that are shading towards officialdom. But in all of this you're going to find that, uh oh, you got a lot of the Democrats that are also seeing this, right? You got a lot of the non functionary, just the party members within the Democratic Party that are know, biden's full of shit, blah, blah, blah, he's corrupt, blah, blah blah.

And they're seeing all of this. And so their response to people saying there's a war going on is going to be at least open to the possibility, right? They're not going to instantly shut you down. And so that dynamic is going to change other aspects of the election cycle. And you'll actually at some point, and I suspect it'll be maybe June or July of next year, depending on how bizarre things get in April and May.

And so that's the emergence of hypernovelty. We may start seeing reactions to hypernovelty. But in any event, so June or July of next year, maybe we'll see the mainstream media start reporting on MAGA infiltration into the Democrat Party, that the rank and file are being mind controlled or something. They have to come up with some kind of a theory as to why the Democrats are not participating and are actually going over to the MAGA site.

It's not going to fly, it's going to be a bunch of lies and so on. I actually don't know how long past April 3. We're going to have to deal with mainstream media. April 3 is going to be really interesting, that period of time, not necessarily that day, but we will get to the point there where we have a hyper novelty breakout and that's going to fracture conversations. So you'll see it on Twitter, you'll see it TikTok telegram anywhere.

People are putting stuff down and recording their impressions, emotions and so on. You're going to see this busting out in April. They're just going to basically all be saying, what the fuck, things are getting so weird, blah, blah, blah, right? It's just too much new stuff for them to cope with that novelty aspect of what's coming up next year. Hyper novelty extends much beyond a particular point on April 3.

I just picked that as a point where release language dominates building tension language so completely that building tension language for all intents and purposes is going to be completely subsumed. It's just going to basically disappear. So it's going to be a lot of people in the what the fuck, what am I seeing kind of a state, right? And that's just going to go on and on and on for months and months and months as people get to this point, experience the novelty and then try and cope with it. So I'm of the opinion that a lot of people that as they experience the novelty are going to withdraw from it, right?

They'll try and do something and not think about it, not get involved, and they'll retreat from public life and not do as much online and this kind of thing. There'll be the other guys that are just going to go totally freaking crazy over it, don't know what to do. And they'll just be online constantly trying to get it out of their system, trying to get the emotion to release so that they won't be pent up and pressurized by what's going through their minds. Right.

As I say, it's going to be a very weird election year. And at some point, sometime after the hyper novelty aspect of it, I expect that we will have to up level our understanding of other life in the universe at a pretty much species level. It'll have to be at some point the officialdom, new officialdom or the current officialdom, which will be disappearing. But at some point officialdom is going to have to participate in this discussion of the space aliens and things. It's going to cause all kinds of consternation.

You're going to have all kinds of religious people freaking out. You're going to have all kinds of official people freaking out.

I don't think the populace is going to freak out that much because there isn't a whole lot they can do. But there will be some response in the sense of hoarding and maybe I need to get an extra gallon of milk because the space aliens might invade before the next time I go shopping, right, that sort of thing. And then it's going to get a little bit weird once we have officialdom discussing these kind of things and discussing the fact that the moon is inhabited. Now, do I expect that sometime next year the Biden regime is going to come on out and say, hey guys, there's space aliens on the moon and here's what we know about them? No, it's not going to come out that way.

It's going to have to be pulled out of these fuckers'teeth by their teeth, right? We're going to have to be extracting this information from them. That is why, in my opinion, it'll be new officialdom that will be responding to the circumstances, not the Biden regime. So I don't expect the Bidenistas to hold past April 3 much, right. They may have a nominal presence, but they're not really going to be a power in any way, shape or form after that point in my understanding of what I'm looking at in the data.

And I do expect that whatever our new official Dom is will, because it will be strategically and tactically available and important to them. They will get into discussion here of space aliens, how much and how deeply we go into space aliens fucking with humans, I don't know, right? That'll take maybe a number of years before we even really begin investigating that. And then we'll know we're in there because there'll be dozens and dozens of movies about it all, all different kinds of flavors of it that have yet to been made. So I'm expecting that our economic issues are going to really pick up latter half of 2024 after new officialdom starts coming in and then really start escalating as we go into 2025 and beyond.

At some point though, we're going to have a very, maybe it's December, maybe we're going to have a very depressing December, because we'll have to have some level of acknowledgment of the war with the space aliens or the war on planet Earth. We don't know who's attacking us, it's probably humans, but space aliens are in there somewhere in the mixed. And so we'll be discussing all of this. But when the news about the war comes out relative to officialdom, that also changes everything within the relationship of the populace to officialdom. So as I say, it's going to be a strange year, a very unusual election cycle, and the propaganda coming out during this election cycle is going to just be all over the place.

We'll have extremes in information overload, we'll have extremes in the hyperbole being used by politicians, mainly on the biden side. The mega people are going to be a lot more conservative and factual and they won't need to have the histrionics because they can just point at the biden people having the histrionics.

So maybe it's going to be December of 2024, okay, maybe it's going to be January, February, March of 2025. In that four month block in there is my estimate, my estimation, my pick for a time in which we'll be dealing with the aliens on the moon, the space aliens on the moon, and we'll be dealing with that knowledge inside the human social order. I don't know that there will be any kind of contact with these space aliens. I don't know if we'll be exchanging ambassadors. I just know that here on Earth, humans will become aware of them, talking about them and preparing anyway for that interaction with them.

And it's going to be, again, a social order changing kind of a thing. So we'll have some level of acknowledgment of space aliens this coming April. It'll emerge into our social order here over the first part of next year, the first few months of next year, and then about a year later, it's going to go from a generalized oh, yeah, there's space aliens out. And about and oh, yeah. Space aliens have been here on Earth to very specific discussions about a specific group of space aliens that are on the moon.

And so that's going to cause all kinds of stuff. You're going to have all dozens and dozens and dozens of people getting telescopes and putting out videos about what they're seeing up there. You'll have analyses about it. It's going to be quite the thing, a big lunar industry, if you will, getting into all of the space aliens. There.

The information about them. And speculation, lots and lots and lots of speculation. So probably for the next three years or four years, the majority of information will be tinged with some level of speculation, much of it not valid, right? And so there'll be all kinds of things we think we learn next year that the year after will turn out to be wrong, and we'll just have to start over and learning whatever it was those were masking. So we got to humans have a lot of work ahead of us, right?

We got to put our affairs in order down here. We got to deal with the Communists, we got to deal with the Tranny file, we got to deal with the corruption, we got to deal with the Kazarian mafia, all this kind of stuff. And in the midst of all of that, we have also to deal with our own sense, our own perspective of humanity and space aliens. So this is going to impact all the religions. It's going to be very impacting and probably take 40 years, maybe almost two complete generations for us to work out even 60% to 70% of all the issues that show up.

So bear in mind that this is not just the Jews, right? Not just the Christians, both of whom have their religion based on space aliens. It's also the ancient Greeks, it's the Hindus, everybody that has a religion absent Buddhism, okay? And that kind of thing. There's some religions that are not really that tainted by space aliens, but even Buddhism has tons of stuff in it that they took from Hinduism that's all about the space aliens, and it's just not acknowledged that they're dealing with space aliens.

So even Buddhism is going to have to go through this cleaning house process to decide what is inherently human and what has been pimped up or pumped up for humans to glom onto by the space aliens. And that aspect of, as I say, of overwoing a specific subject area, which is religion, and getting at the facts of the matter and then developing truth from those facts that's a 40 year proposition could take us a long, long time. Obviously, people are resistant. We're going to have a lot of people that won't go along with it. They'll just have to die off in order to remove that part of the pressure holding that Yahweh was a good guy or Yahweh is a god or any of this kind of shit, right?

So those attitudes reflecting untruths, reflecting space aliens that have been fucking with us, it will take us a couple of generations to shed the aspects that control our minds from these memes. And we'll be better off 40 years from now in that. So we'll see how it goes. It's not going to be pleasant for the people that are involved with it, right? You, for instance, probably will see a large number of people just simply leaving the Catholic Church and not just laypeople, not just the adherents, but also those that are in the church itself, the nuns and the priests and all of that.

You'll see a lot of them just say, well, okay, it's a fucking space alien, I'm out of here. You're going to see the same thing with the rabbinical schools. You'll see a lot of people just abandon the idea of becoming rabbi or going into any of that at all. There's going to be a big war, a big internal war within the Jewish population as they come to terms with the Elohim and the Khazarian mafia and what has been put on Jews as a result of both. And it's going to be in the midst of all of us having all of our other issues about the election cycle, the war popping up, the kids subverting their adult parents and red pilling their parents as to the nature of the war that's going on and this kind of thing.

So there will be the data sets I have that have been so I ran the same routines three times just because the first time it made no sense to me. And then we had the attack on Lahaina. And so oh yeah, it did make sense. Okay. And then I reran it just to make sure that I had everything.

And then I reran it again because it was questionable. I had a couple of items that gave me some concern and then I reran it again, had them come out exact or not the exactly same way, but in reinforcing. So I'm less trepidacious about the discussion of those. But in any event though, so as the kids red pill their parents and as the schools start freaking out about this red pill movement that's sweeping through their schools, which will have demonstrable results so you may have kids en masse walk out of like communist indoctrination class. You may have kids in mass pulling sit ins or who knows what.

They're going to be very creative and they're expressing their disapproval of what's going on. But in any event, that will cause the stuff to erupt out into the mainstream and we'll see the effects on it as it pushes on our social order. And the red pill, the school movement is going to be so unexpected, so shocking to the leftist teachers and the principals and all of the socialists, the communists in there, that they will not be able to stop themselves from reacting in the worst possible ways. So these guys have a view that they are normal, that their view of reality is the solid normal view of reality, that you could be a man in one day and then not a man, right? And so they don't recognize the mental illness.

They don't recognize trannies as being munchausens. They don't recognize any of this. And so they have this idea that they are mainstream because media supports that. And it's going to be a real shock to them to have the generalized revolution go through the school system, isolating them from the people they're intending to propagandize, and thereafter they will be at ODS with the people that they are supposed to be propagandizing. And this will create lots and lots and lots of contention.

And in my opinion, what I'm seeing is that sometime after April, April 3, sometime in there, we should reach a point where you'll have large school systems effectively shut down. Okay? I don't know if it'll be teachers that go on strike because they can't deal with the unruly students. I don't know if it'll be the students that go on strike. So therefore the schools just basically collapse because they don't have the attendance and therefore can't get the money.

All it takes is to go 34 days is my understanding. And if you go 34 days with 40% attendance or less, that school will effectively collapse because they won't be able to bring back the income stream from the Feds because they won't have had the bodies in the seats. It's this weird, complicated thing. It was explained to me about how the funding is done, and I grasp that there are metrics within the funding system that place the school administrators in a very tenuous position if anything falls outside of their realm of normalcy. So if they don't have normal attendance and it falls below a certain level, they're truly fucked, especially if it holds at any level.

Even a couple of days really screw them over. But if you start going weeks, they cannot recover. They just won't ever have the money to make their pre obligated payments. It gets a little complicated. But in any event, though, so I expect that that will be one of the offshoots of this, is that as the kids rebel and we have this thing sweeping through the nation, it'll be first here in this school district, and then it'll be another school district over here in the other part of the country.

And then knowing how kids are, as soon as they start seeing this shit in the news and start seeing it on TikTok and telegram and all that, fuck, hey, it's in their school too. So it'll spread very rapidly once it reaches a certain threshold. And this, as I say, this is just going to have school administrators and teachers shitting in the hallways, right, and shitting in their pants, and they're just going to be fucking freaking about this, and rightly so, because once it starts, they have lost. It's just a matter of grinding them down. So as the red pill movement grows through the populace and it starts being manifest in news, all different kinds of news, we're going to see resignations, this principal that assistant principal, this administrative staff, and so on.

Now, bear in mind, I've been told that 240%, okay, so 240% of teacher salaries is required at a bare minimum for most school administrative staffs. So. In other words, they're paying two and a half times more for non teachers than they do for the teaching staff, and they're obviously not teaching anyway. And the kids are going to resent this and this whole thing is basically going to collapse. And so there's going to be like an unemployment wave that results from this next year.

So it'll be into fall of next year as the people resign, as schools shut down, as they don't get the funding, that all this shit starts falling apart. And then that's an aspect of our social order changing. We're going through a cultural revolution. Not the organized one that the communists wanted, but the counterinsurgency revolution on our way towards getting ready to interact with space aliens. Now, the space aliens and the moon.

It's a complicated situation, right? Because the guys that are there now may not be the guys that built the moon and moved it into place. That has yet to be determined, and that's something that we need to determine and I think we need to do it as soon as possible, right? We can be easily lied to about this, so we're going to have to really be solid and investigate and think solidly about what we're told relative to who built the moon. And if the people that are there now are the ones that actually did the building of it, as I say, I do not think so.

I think that these guys that are there now are late arrivals and came in and took over a facility. Whether the other guys are there or not, I don't know. But there's a whole lot of shit that we've got to determine factually and in a very hard way before we get ourselves into a real world of hurt interacting with these other beings. But we'll get into it. Fortunately for us, as this war comes out and as the revolution, the red pilling of the kids and all of this kind of stuff continues, as that escalates, we will find that officialdom starts changing.

And I actually have stuff in the data that suggests that some of your favorite woo woo guys will be contacted by officialdom for what services we might be able to render to that officialdom in regard to the space aliens and the war and stuff. So it's going to be kind of weird. Anyway, guys, I got stuff to do. Tons and tons of stuff. Have another interview tomorrow.

I'll pimp out the interviews and their sites as soon as I know them. Anyway, got to go. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Suffer the Yugas – 08-30-2023

Suffer the Yugas - 08-30-2023

Suffer the Yugas - 08-30-2023

Episode Summary:

The document revolves around the concept of increasing novelty in our reality, suggesting that the world is undergoing rapid and unprecedented change. The author believes that as our solar system moves, it receives more emanations from the galactic center, causing shifts in human consciousness and reality. This change is not just a mental phenomenon; it's a tangible alteration of our reality. The author predicts a significant threshold of this change around April 3, 2024. This change is compared to the difference between generations, emphasizing that the world of today is vastly different from that of our ancestors. The author also touches upon conspiracy theories, suggesting that those who have been aware of these changes are more stable in their reactions to the current state of the world. The Khazarian mafia is mentioned as an entity that has been trying to obscure reality and is now facing the consequences of these shifts.

#Novelty #RealityShift #GalacticCenter #Consciousness #Change #Threshold #April3 #Generations #ConspiracyTheories #KhazarianMafia #ObscureReality #Emanations #SolarSystem #HumanEvolution #Predictions #WooWoo #Understanding #Awakening #Emotions #Impact #Future #Perception #NoveltyEscalation #MentalShift #GalacticRadiation

Suffer the Yugas - 08-30-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. We're August 30 here. It's eight five in the morning and I'm running a little late already. I got a medical appointment to get some blood drawn, something I do every few months just to see where everything is at.

But I got to get my s down there and it is foggy. Ah. The ocean here has this stuff we call scum, which is a warm fog. It ends up being an issue of disparate temperatures between inland Puget Sound and the coast out here. And it causes this the temperature difference causes moisture to form here as fog as it runs up against this sort of heat wall in the interior of the state anyway, though, so super foggy.

Got to be careful driving. Hopefully I don't crush anything. A lot of miles anyway. So I talked to Jean Claude and Tampa Joe last night and it was fun. It was interesting.

We were discussing just like serious woo, right? Because we're coming into that period of time where, like Joe had said, don Jr. Was prompting people to go out and locate themselves a conspiracy theorist for when things get really screwy here shortly and you need some understanding of what's happening, somebody to connect with, right? Because none of this shit's going to make sense to the normal world organized mind. So if you've grown up and you listen to your parents and you listen to your teachers and you listen to authority and you understand the world the way that was presented, none of that shit's going to make sense.

None of these habits of thought that you have in terms of describing to yourself the nature of the reality you're swimming in are going to work because the way you were taught to think about reality is going to come unglued. And that's actually because the reality itself is changing. So it's not merely a mental affectation, it's not a mind virus or anything like that. Our reality is actually changing. As our solar system moves up away from the obscuring mass of the galaxy and we're getting more of the galactic center emanations, people themselves will change.

And so I have no problem right now stating that. I can see how it is conceivable to me that humans, during periods like the Golden Age, we may well need blue skin in order to maintain ourselves mentally within that much increased level of galactic center emanations that will be reaching us. Who knows what adaptations we will have to make for ourselves over these next 10,000 years as we go through this process? So I don't have a problem with blue skinned humans. It's going to be weird when we get that much more radiation out of galactic center reaching our little backwater solar system, right?

And this accounts for so much of the cyclic nature of humanity, what it does and so on, as well as all those people that come and visit us. So you have to understand that from my perspective because we suffer the yugas. All right? So if you live on the first major spiral arm of our galaxy, if you're anywhere near there, so the first or the second or even the third major spiral, there will be areas that you're going to get so much galactic radiation from galactic center that you don't have the same kind of episodic voyage through life that humanity does. Okay?

So you would get so much more radiation and it would be so much more continuous that you would not have a Kali Yuga. So you wouldn't have a backwardization period of time, you wouldn't have the descending yugas in that sense because you never lack for galactic center emanations, that level of radiation. And remember, there are tens of thousands of stars within the galactic center cluster. We do not know how many, okay? It's actually impossible for us to account because the Galactic center, because all their radiation obscures all the others.

We can come close, but an exact enumeration just won't happen anyway though. So I was talking to the guys about all of this, and we got into some deep woo here because we're coming into this period of time where novelty will okay, so novelty is increasing. That is to say, new. Shit is increasing over time as we move away from move, rise up, so to speak, as our solar system rises up from the edge of the galaxy into this area, where we get more of these galactic center emanations. And this is coincident with this rise of newness of new stuff and novelty.

And so we are in a period of time now where the mathematics are assuring me that we've actually crossed a significant threshold and we're about to encounter a perceptible threshold. And so there's differences, right? So you could have tectonic plates do something and you cross a particular energetic threshold within the tectonic plates that might suggest there's going to be an earthquake, okay? If you were aware of it, but you would not be aware of those tectonic plates crossing that threshold of energy buildup or a new form of dissipation into a new rock area, something like that, you wouldn't be aware of this until it actually fractures and produces the earthquake that jolts you. So there are thresholds that are crossed all the time that are not meaningful to us at that moment of their crossing, but will become so later on.

And we're at one of those points now. We've had 25 years of this shift into accelerating novelty, even over the 300 years of novelty we've had since the 17 hundreds, basically the Renaissance and the invention of everything that makes our modern society we owe to rising up from the galactic plane and getting more of these emanations and making humans more smart, okay?

So we're going to be making better and better and better generations of humans as we go forward in time.

I got to suck down a lot of fluids here, so they got something to tap out of me anyway.

Okay, so we've crossed a threshold a while back, right? And I think for my own reasons, for my own emotional attachment kind of reasons, probably more than calculated thinking, although there were calculations in my thinking. I think we had this first threshold on November 22 when Kennedy was shot, right, in 63. So I think that was a particular threshold. And now we're crossing this other threshold here.

It's actually okay, so we've crossed the threshold recently into an elevated state of novelty. We will cross a perceptible threshold that will have us react to the fact that we're now sensing this new state of affairs, okay? And so it'll be the perception of these new things of a threshold for a lot of people that we'll be crossing here shortly. For my own reasons, I think it's April 3 of next year, 2024. It may appear before the end of this year.

We're really close, right? And I'm just being like, conservative and estimating it'll take us into next year before we cross that perceptible part of this threshold because we've crossed the temporal or the physical threshold sometime back, a number of years back. And it takes this shit a while to build anyway, though. So the perceptible threshold that we'll cross will make a lot of people well, okay, so our reactions as humans are going to be predictable in a broad scale, but not predictable when we have to come to individuals and how they're going to react to all this weird stuff that's going to be popping up. And it's not that there will be so difficult to describe because we will recognize it will suddenly dawn on us that, jeez, there's a lot of new shit happening every day now.

And so in that sense, the new shit has been happening, is happening. We're getting this dispersive thing into more and more novelty, but a lot of people are simply not yet aware of it, okay? And so what we're talking about here is a consciousness threshold where enough people will become individually aware of the novelty that's driving all of our lives now that they will start talking about it. And then we'll have a collective or a social level of acknowledgment of these circumstances and awareness of the novelty, the addition of other people knowing about and having these same kind of feelings will impact lots of people that basically just thought it was themselves, right? They just thought something goofy was going on with them in terms of how they were thinking about shit, this will happen.

Like I say, I think we'll cross the threshold around April 3. And so there will be a building period that we're in now that's going to run for like six months or so, and we'll build up and build up, and then people will start being twitchy or pressured, so to speak, right? Their consciousness will be impacted by all of the novelty that they're experiencing and by the dawning awareness that they are experiencing novelty at an accelerated rate. So first they'll have to recognize that it's new, then they're going to have to recognize there's a whole lot of new, and then they're going to have to recognize that the level of newness itself is accelerating. And so that last bit is the hard bit that you have to grok before you understand.

And then in that understanding, you cross that threshold, if that makes any sense at all. So this staged awareness is what we're going through now. Now, it doesn't mean that everybody's going to so the predictability about what happens after that threshold is crossed is that predictability has a very low probability for accuracy from anybody's predictions. So my predictions as to what's going to happen afterwards, how you're going to be living after this event that affects you personally, but also affects all your neighbors and affects the general social order. And then once it is recognized within the general social order by the individuals in that social order, it will continue.

That recognition itself will continue to alter the parameters of the social order for some number of years as we all come to grips with this, right? But that's the whole thing. We can make predictions as to what will happen afterwards, how we'll want to live and this kind of thing, but only in the very broadest sense will any of these predictions be able to be made now will turn out to be valid, okay? Because it's good, because the hyper novelty aspect of it is going to magnify and be magnified by every other incident of the hypernovelty. It's going to be a strange world there, guys.

We already have to acknowledge that we are living in a very strange time that does not resemble our father's time, right? This is not your parents world anymore, just as their world was not their grandparents world in a very significant way. But now that level of significance itself is detaching in our minds from the events, and we can see that the significance itself and how it impacts us is also altering. So it's not just the events that are altering us, it's the impact of what's coming and what's happening to us. All the goofiness, the money, the power structure, all of this kind of stuff, right?

All of this shit coming unglued. It's not just that. There's also a major component of our awakening that is influenced by recognizing that we ourselves are changing. So it's a goofy concept, but the self recognition of the change affecting you is a very much a participating factor in what we're all going to be going through. It's a difficult idea to get across, and lots of people just won't understand it till it actually starts happening to them.

Then they'll feel different one day, and then one day they'll realize they feel different, and then they will realize that. They realized that and then they'll start thinking about it because, oh my God, what's going on here, right? Anyway, so nothing to be done about it. There's no drugs you can take for it. There's no point in any of that kind of stuff.

No need to consult a doctor or psychiatrist about this shit. You may want to talk to your neighbors and stuff about the observations you're making and say, wow, it's not weird, that kind of thing, right? And see how they feel about it. But in general, however disturbing it's going to be, there's nothing we can do about it because it is such at such a grand scale. Um, it's going to be very much like we're moths, right?

And all of us moths are sitting around and someone turns on a fan. So all of a sudden, the generalized environment for all of us moths have changed. And that means we need to change as well. And we'll recognize this as we go forward. Next year, there's going to be a lot of these thresholds that will cross over these next few years as novelty escalates.

And we can only guesstimate as to how impacting some of these things will be. Some of them are sort of predictable in terms of both the impact and the occurrence. Others are going to be totally blind signing us. We're not even looking in that direction. And it rises up, slaps us upside the head.

In any event, going to be a fun time. A lot of stuff's going to get cleaned up and settled and so on. And we will not recognize, would not be able to fathom the amount of changes when we look back in just a couple of years. So if we were to say that 2019 was like the last normal year, right, or last stable normal year, and that we reached a point of instability as the powers that be brought out COVID, and that exacerbated the instability that the powers that be were already feeling. So Kazarian Mafia has been aware of the changes, aware of the rising novelty affecting humans for some decades, and they've been doing everything they can to fight it.

Now they're in a I think now many of them are starting to recognize that their ability to do so, their ability to in any way ameliorate or affect their circumstances is coming to the fore in their minds. And they're desperate to do something. But there's just not a whole lot that can be done from their meager resources. And the resources are dwindling as we wake up. And that's another thing that really affects them, is all these people saying, no, I'm not doing your COVID game.

Take your mask full of its carcinogens and if you want, if you'll remove your pants, I'll shove it up your ass so you get a good load of them carcinogens anyway.

These thresholds that will cross over these next few years as I say, the first one, I'm anticipating the first level of perceptible breakthrough I think will happen in October 3 in that area for a lot of reasons. I'm just picking the third for some reasons relative to the date map that I use. But I'm not even sure that the mathematic formula I was employing are in any way accurate or more accurate than just a wild ass guess, right? But we're really close, and those of us that can see this kind of stuff, we see the signs, and so we're sort of settling back and doing stuff. And so there's something I need to point out, right?

If you go and look just like as a broad survey of people doing videos and stuff out there or making other statements on social media, you'll find that the calmest and it sounds weird. The calmest and stablest statements being produced by people are coming out of the woo Woo guys, right? The conspiracy theorists, because we know what's going on. We can see this shit. And everybody else now they're starting to see it, but they don't know what's going on, and that's got them all freaked out.

So there's all this questioning and debate and rancor and emotions spilling out, because a lot of it is that it's the emotion, right? The shock that you feel when you suddenly discover the nature of the conspiracy and how it's affected you. And then you start thinking about it, and you see how it affected yourself, your family, your childhood, your parents and all of these kind of things, and it really gets you as to how deep and powerfully affecting all of these things have been for all of your fucking life. Now, remember, all you bastards are mostly younger than me, so I'm 70 years old. So I've had a lot more of this shit than you guys.

So if you're in your 30s, count yourself lucky that you're going through it at such a young age, when you're young enough to recover, young enough to withstand it, and young enough to benefit from this relative to your future life. So you won't live a life with 50 or 60 years of the powers that be obscuring the reality around you as I have, right? They've deliberately tried for most of my life to obscure this reality in which I live. I don't like these guys because of that, in any event. So I'm having a good time, I got to tell you, all right?

So as a conspiracy guy, all this shit is really nasty. It's ugly. It's truly horrific, okay? If you get into the details, there lies horror. There lies everything you never want to think about.

But at the very high level in general, I am just so pleased because my enemies are suffering. My enemies are going down to defeat, and they are individually and collectively suffering, and they are starting to recognize it. So now, as we cross this threshold, on April 3 or thereabouts, maybe it's the end of February, maybe it's Valentine's Day, it's in that general area, my opinion, okay, that's my opinion, my educated opinion, but nonetheless merely an opinion. Maybe it'll be five months after that, maybe it'll be the end of this September, I just don't know. But what will occur will affect not only the general population, as much of the mass of the general population has a big AHA moment.

But also what will occur is that those people within the Kazarian mafia, those people that are my enemies and the minions that serve them, will also have an AHA moment. Only their AHA moment won't have a good long term future because they will see themselves in relation to the circumstances that rule reality and see that their plans have no future. And so this will shock them. We will have a visible response from their understanding of this. So that's what I'm actually looking for is a visible response of change in strategy and tactics exhibited by the Khazarian mafia that's going to pop up in our reality.

And of course, a lot of people just think that it's part of the regular newness, everybody new and new shit and all this kind of stuff, and they'll see something that they hadn't seen before, relative or coming out of officialdom, even the hidden officialdom, right? And so all of these guys will be exposed. We'll get this weird situation of where lots of people thinking that this exposure is just yet more novelty. But those of us that know that this is happening will know that it's a Kazarian mafia reacting to their own AHA moment about their own circumstances. And so then they'll start getting really worried and I expect them to make a lot of mistakes from that point forward such that they will become exposed even further.

It'll aggravate the situation and in all respects will harmonize and cooperate with universe in its efforts to alter the circumstances here and collect its irreversibility tax. Okay? So my way of thinking is the universe wants to know what actually will manifest. It wants to put things in the past in an unalterable position for its own reason. So I don't think time travel exists because universe, it would fuck universe over at one level.

It may exist in the future in a way that we can't really describe at this moment. But one of the components I'm quite sure it will have will be it won't allow for reversibility of decisions. So you won't be able to go back and make yourself not have that decision. Right? So the olive universe has to have a fixed past for this particular level of calculation.

Maybe that's not the way in other materials, maybe there are other materials where material reality exists and beings live within that material reality where their spirit is bound to some form of flesh and those materials may operate differently. But in ours, this is the case, right, that irreversibility is a central key to it. And so universe promotes that wherever possible. And if you understand this, you can harmonize. So this is the point of making that firm, hard decision and not doing any of the wishywashy stuff that can be undone.

So this is why cryptos are doing so well, because a crypto transaction is irreversible. When I send you that bitcoin, I can't claw it back, right? There's no mechanism for me to get that back, unlike our banking system, which is all Kali Yuga and wants reversibility and to be able to be manipulated into the past and all this kind of shit. And so universe doesn't like that in a general sense. And it will provide me reinforcement when I make the good, solid decision, and it will also provide me reinforcement when I make the wishy washy, oh, I think maybe I'm going to roll it back kind of decision, right?

And so we see these things expressed in our universe, and they're expressing themselves now, which is the really cool part. It's visible if you want to look out and see it. So the Woo guys are looking out and we're seeing this most of the normies, and that's apparently an N word. I cannot say anymore that the normies resent it, but if you label them that but most of the normies, they don't grasp a lot of the nuance of the Wu world, so they don't grasp how they can harmonize with the stuff that's going on now. And so if you find yourself now as a Woo guy and you're presented with three choice scenarios, you could just, as an exercise, look at all three, see which is the most committing, which is the hardest to undo, and just choose that regardless of your feelings about it or anything like that.

Just as an experiment, choose the most irreversible decision out of those three that you can make and watch what happens with universe. You will be quite surprised, I'm sure, in a good fashion. You have to wait a few days to see how it all plays out because there's always that more decisions following every time you make a decision. The universe wants to put you into this situation where if it can, it can get more irreversibility out of you, right? This is just my characterization of it.

But in any event, so here we are approaching a hyper novelty threshold this year remains of this year into next year. Personally, I don't think it can go to 2025. The build up looks like it could not be sustained.

And also it's gone too far. The buildup has gone too far to back down.

So it's like the Kazarian mafia has to get Trump off the ballot. They've got to do everything they possibly can. And of course, this exposes all their actions to the people, makes all the people pissed at them. And so it's all compounding itself, but it's all driven by the circumstances that we find ourselves in in universe at this moment. And this is just exactly as universe wants it.

So it's terrible. People are dying. It's horrid. But we're all here to learn lessons and participate, and at the moment, everybody's really active in that. Anyway, guys, I'm going to have to sign off now.

I'll do another one of these. There's going to be hours, extra hours involved today in my shopping and chores because of all of the other things I got to do, including my little blood tap, but I'll get around to doing another one of these. There's a lot of things to discuss about what's coming up next year and the year after. And like I was telling the guys last night, JC and Joe, I think maybe over these next two years, we're going to get to the point where Earthers realize we got a moon issue, right? That we got an issue with the inhabitants on the moon.

And it's going to be really interesting as we come to grips with that. Okay? Going to have to sign off and talk to.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Welcome to the Release Party! – 08-16-2023

Welcome to the Release Party! - 08-16-2023

Welcome to the Release Party! - 08-16-2023

Episode Summary:

The document begins with an observation of the current weather and a mention of NASA's discovery of the sun emitting gamma rays that were previously undetected. The author then delves into the concept of time, emphasizing its significance in powering everything in our universe. This idea is juxtaposed with ancient interpretations of time, which have been misinterpreted and transformed into religious beliefs over the years. The author critiques the misinterpretations of ancient texts, such as the Torah's story of the twelve tribes of Essenes, which has been misconstrued as a religious episode.

The document further discusses the descending Bronze Age and the misinterpretations of ancient literature, which were initially straightforward instructions but later became religious hymns. The author expresses frustration with AI, specifically Chat GPT, for its tendency to support establishment views and resist alternative interpretations of ancient religious language.

The text also touches upon the concept of novelty, emphasizing the universe's favoring of it. The author mentions the Babylonian money magic introduced 6000 years ago, which led to chaos and the eventual collapse of the system. This historical reference is used to highlight the cyclical nature of societal structures and the inevitability of their downfall.

The author predicts that humanity is entering a period dominated by "release language," where suppressed truths and emotions will emerge. This period will be characterized by discussions about the anomalies of time, the appearance of extraterrestrial life, and the challenges faced by society. The author expects the appearance of other life forms, emphasizing the complexity and novelty it would introduce to human understanding.

The document also touches upon the genetic modification of humans by the Elohim, an ancient group mentioned in religious texts. The Elohim's genetic modifications did not involve adding genes but rather rearranging them. The author concludes by emphasizing the importance of understanding the true nature of novelty, which arises at the energy level, rather than human-made constructs.

#Time #NASA #GammaRays #AncientTexts #ReligiousInterpretation #BronzeAge #ChatGPT #Novelty #BabylonianMoneyMagic #ReleaseLanguage #ExtraterrestrialLife #Elohim #GeneticModification #Complexity

Welcome to the Release Party! - 08-16-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Still Wednesday. I think it's the 16th. Haven't checked on dates here.

Probably just to check. Yeah, it's the 16th. Okay. Anyway, it's it's hot, which means that we've got temperatures that are 68, 69 air temperature, which is hot for us. However, the sun is different now.

We've got actual, quote, scientific NASA kind of people acknowledging that our sun is emitting gamma rays that they hadn't detected before or it hadn't emitted before. And so, anyway, the sun is a bit hot when you're out in it, and we get this buildup even though the atmospheric temperature is not quite that fierce. So it was like, I think, 94 degrees the other day in Hopewam, Aberdeen area, inland Grace Harbor. And I think the other day it was like, maybe two or three days ago, we got the record temperature for Seattle for the year, okay? So they'll say it's a record temperature.

We've never been hotter, blah, blah, blah. That's for the for the year. There were many hotter days in the let me see, it was the 80s that we really reached into started reaching into the peak of the heat around here. Then it started backing off as we accelerated beyond, say, 93 or whatever. Anyway, though so, no, there's no global boiling, but it's warm here because it's summer, and I'm bitching because I got to shut the windows because otherwise you wouldn't be able to hear me.

There's just so much noise. I've got a big ass diesel here, and it draws some air. And the way they do this, the windows are it's intended that you're going to be running air conditioning, right?

Anyway, getting back to the idea of thresholds and energy levels and activities, as in the previous discussion about how time works, okay, because time powers everything. It flashes into existence 22 trillion times a second, reality. And then as a result of that flash, we get energy in our universe. We get matter creating itself for that 22,000,000,000,000th of a second. And that impulse creates all of the energy that flows through our universe, that gets captured in sunlight, oil, leaves your blood.

All of this, all that energy comes from time. Time powers all of our material. People in the descending Bronze Age, and also probably they knew this, okay? So people in the descending Bronze Age wrote about the nature of time. And unfortunately, because there's been so much duration between then and now, a lot of what they wrote has been misinterpreted and made into religion, right?

Just as we get the Torah, the story of the twelve tribes of Essenes in southern Yemen being captured by the El, the Elohim, and marched up the Red Sea to Judea, they were never in Egypt, right? They didn't go down the Nile. All that stuff is bogus. Anyway, so all of that has been interpreted over these thousands of years as a religious episode, as though God manifested, right? As though supreme consciousness turned in on itself and created itself in a material form within itself.

All right, so we have these discussions about things that are really basically sort of scientific, right? How things work, how time works, and this kind of thing that you're able to pull out of the ancient literature, some of which is meaningful. Other it's like, no, they were already heading into the Kaliyuga and they were losing the thread of their own intelligence being born, every generation being born less smart, with fewer individuals crossing the smartness threshold than the previous generation as a result of the lack of galactic center emanations reaching Earth. And so a lot of the conclusions that would have been made in the ancient past are not necessarily good conclusions for us. And so we've got to be real careful.

So anything that's ancient isn't necessarily valid for today's world and in fact probably needs to be discarded because if it's truly ancient was created during the Kaliyuga, well, that's when humans are pretty much dumb as posts. And so we're not doing a lot of creativity and new conclusions and stuff now in the descending Bronze Age, and as I say, it may have come from the descending Silver Age. We get these discussions in Chinese and Avastan, which is a form of Sanskrit that was used in Persia at the time, which we know of as I ran. And in this literature, the way it was written, it was straightforward, it was a set of instructions, but the way it was interpreted, it was interpreted initially as a poem by succeeding generations and then later made into a hymn in the Zoroastrian religion. So there's a lot of these hymns in the Zoroastrian religion that you can go back through from various languages and go back to source language.

And in that it's very easy to have a different interpretation that's non religious. If you go back to the source language and you remove the religious overlay that's been piled on it over these last thousands of years, being placed into a particular context. So this is one of my bitches about Chat GPT. That particular AI is a supporter of the it has an inbuilt woconian support for the establishment view on everything. And so it actually objects to trying to interpret ancient religious language as anything other than that context.

So it is a royal nasty pain to deal with. You're always fighting it, you always have to double check it because it's going to always attempt to shoehorn you back into supporting an establishment belief on things. As I say, really tedious and quite annoying. However, if you persist and you get in there and get through all of this, you can actually come up with a close to original recreation of some of this language. And so we find that there were discussions in Chinese that have now been taken as Taoist parables and stuff, as well as in Zoroastrian literature that both appear to come from about the same period of time.

Let me see. So that would have been about 7000 years back, okay? So all of our problems here in the western world started 6000 years back when the Babylonian money magic was introduced in the form of a central bank. Okay? So the 6000 years ago, a central bank was formed in Babylon that led to vast quantities of chaos.

Ultimately, as the whole scheme collapsed, as we're now in our scheme collapsing, our money scheme is going crazy and dying, as they all must. And so this is part of our novelty, right? It's necessary that we go through this in this particular level of harshness, et cetera now because it adds novelty to universe and sets us up for a whole lot of stuff that will be coming in these next few years. And that's just the goal of universe, is to always create novelty and create conditions where there might be something that could arise that was unexpected, a surprise and very difficult for consciousness, which is everything and knows everything. Anyway.

So these discussions about time extracted out of Taoist parables and poems and out of Zoroastrian hymns replicate what Cozy Riv replicate his conclusions. And they also extend some of Cozy Riv's conclusions about the nature of time and how it functions. In doing so, we get back to this same pattern of dynamic expression of a peak, a slight fall and a new plateau. And as we see in the building intention or building and release languages, so our current experience with novelty and the explosion of novelty is going to pile on, so to speak, right? We're in a period of time where, as I've been saying, we're escalating, we're up leveling to the next level of complexity.

And there will be one in the Silver Age, there'll be another one in the Golden Age. Because the idea is that complexity, not complication, but complexity, there's a big difference can produce novelty. Now, just because we're after novelty and complexity doesn't mean that you're not going to see such things as insights that crystallize around a small primary expression within universe, okay? So such a thing might be the concept of an atom or it might be the concept that we're talking about now of time powering everything in the results thereafter. So our universe is very complex.

We don't know what's going on. There's apparent magic, there's apparent psychic stuff going on all the time. All kinds of things are not predictable based on the old Einsteinian grit model. And so in the time powers everything model, it answers all of these questions and it produces for us the basis that we can understand for PSI activity. Okay?

And this time powering everything also means that when we get to these points of upleveling novelty, then we're going to see novelty itself grow in complexity to the point that we reach a threshold. And once again a slight relaxation, lots of release language and then a new plateau. And we're in a period now where we're going to have be dominated by release language in all these various different areas as basically all this shit that's been hidden comes out and people deal with it. They deal with it by talking about it and releasing the emotions. It is the dynamic action of talking about it that releases the emotion.

You'll find that even if you're a fighter and you're going to fight somebody because of a buildup of contention, emotion, all the various flavor and form of it, that even when you're done fighting and the act of fighting, is obviously a huge level of release. But even when you're done, you're going to have to talk about it, because the emotion part of it is not really released by the dynamic action within your muscles. You've got to think about it and talk about it and come to grips with it. And in so doing, you release. And so that's the period of time that we're going to be coming into now, where everybody's going to have to be talking about how fucked up things are, about how time is wonky, about how, oh, look, those damn space aliens are showing up and oh, look, we got biden, hypernomics inflation and all this other shit going on.

And so we'll be just talking about all of this stuff. And every time you turn around, somebody will bring up something else to your attention as we up level this complexity in attempt by universe to promote novelty. And so it's a novel kind of a thing, right? And so some people will be able to, because they are deep enough thinkers, be able to harmonize with developing trends that they'll catch early because they'll catch on to the idea or they already know that universe favors novelty now. It'll allow things like complication and it'll allow things like fake novelty.

Well, I can't think of the fake news and stuff, right? That's novel and it's new, but it's fake, right? It's not a valid origination, it's an overlay, a paint on something. And so universe will allow that. But at some point those things simply become pressure holding down the emergence of real novelty and the actual release of the emotions that are associated with that.

And we're in that period of time now where perhaps for decades, maybe for centuries, there's no way to tell at this stage. We will be in a period of time where all of humanity will just be blabbering all to Helen gone about why are things so weird? Why are things so strange? Look at all this weird stuff that's happened. What's that over there?

And in this mix, I'm fully expecting that we're going to end up with the appearance, probably a fake appearance as well. But the appearance, the interaction with other life, okay? Universe is just teeming with life. And there's all these properties that go to life that are associated with life that derive from the nature of time and how it functions in creating the material and powering it for life. And people are just going to be discussing this stuff all to Helen Gone as we take this next stage up, which is going to include humans interacting with other life.

Now, I'm not of the opinion of Terrence McKenna. I do not think that either artificial life or human cloning is in our future.

I say this for a number of reasons, but primarily humans and demonstrably, the space aliens are not able to create life. So within the Torah, which is the Old Testament, we read about the Elohim setting up this large electronically protected laboratory called the Gauns. Within that lab, they did genetic modification of the base humans that they found and they went and took the humans and inseminated them, removed the children, monitored the babies, all of this kind of thing, as though the humans they were dealing with were just cattle. Okay? And that's why within the book, the Elohim refer to us as cattle, just as the Jews do now, because the Jews think that they've acquired the mantle, the authority of the Elohim.

And they claim that some of those Elohim are in fact God. Now bear in mind that the world existed for millions of years. The Jews are claiming that all of the world was created 4000 years ago by their God. Blah, blah, blah. None of this is true.

It's all an artifact of the way in which it came about with their books and the fact that the Khazarian mafia decided to use the Jews in order to try and control the planet as we were entering into and then coming out of the Kaliyuga. And they're attempting to keep us in that dense state of the Yuga. So that shit isn't working. It's breaking loose. Now that's why we're entering this period of a peak level or a first peak of complexity, reaching into the creation of novelty that's going to sort of bust open everything relative to the amount of dynamic disruption that's going to hit our world.

So as I've been saying, Trump coming back as president is not going to slow things down. It's not going to reduce the amount of activity, right? So there's not going to be the level of return to what used to be in the past that people considered to be, quote, normal. And so the normies, the people that want to live in that world are going to have a real hard time because it's not going to ever come back, not for until it goes back into the Kali Yuga. So you're looking at 21,000 years about anyway.

So it'll be a long time before we get back to this and the world won't be operating on principles that were established back when. And so now is the time for humans to drop those particular, drop any adherence to these principles and start looking at the world with fresh eyes as it's starting to demonstrate this new area of complexity and new areas of novelty. It's going to be interesting. It's going to be extremely stressful. We're going to have all kinds of negative stuff going on at the same time that there's all kinds of fantastic stuff.

And I do expect that we will have the appearance of other life. Now, is it going to be space aliens showing up? I don't know. But it will be of the order of magnitude of space aliens showing up because of the level of complexity that is manifesting now. And that is a projected big step as part of the big step, right?

Because it opens us up into considering ourselves other than in isolation. For instance, the appearance of space aliens opens up the Torah to reexamination by the L. It's going to do away with Judaism as we understand it. It'll really have impacts on Christianity as we understand it. I fully expect Christians, though, to morph away from the rigidity that comes along from the Torah, the Old Testament, the Talmud.

I expect that there will be a Christianity that won't necessarily have any involvement with Judaic predecessors, and they won't take the l or Yahweh, one of the l as being God. And they won't have the concept necessarily of God being able to manifest within himself, which is universe. Bear in mind that the idea of God being a corporeal being within universe basically means that God is separate from our universe. And that's just not how it works. There's consciousness, and then everything else comes from the consciousness.

It's not like mainly Jewish based physicist would have you understand it where if you glue enough sand together, it will form consciousness and animate and become life. And it just doesn't work that way. Life only comes from life, and you're never going to be able to get it from any kind of a nonliving source, which we'll discover as we go forward here. But in any event, though so, as the complexity ramps up, as the seeming process of degradation of our social order and all of humanity seems to degrade into this huge, swirling mass of chaos and mayhem, we're going to have the space aliens appear because of the nature of the novelty that is created by that occurring. Because it's a giant novelty step upward, and it then thereafter expands so rapidly.

It's like, okay, so we get introduced to one space alien group. How many are there? Bazillions and so on. So you can see that it massively expands us out into the stars. And at this point, that's what humanity will be doing.

And the level of complexity of humanity going to the stars is just going to be massive, as is the level of novelty that will be created from this. So this is something that universe favors. So we can project that it will indeed show up.

You can project bizarro kind of novelty, like dolphin mating with a human to create a merman, that kind of thing, right. These kind of projections are not sustainable. They're not really novelty. It's that false level of novelty that is an artifact of human minds, and that's not where novelty really arises. So novelty arises at a level of the energy, the electricity, what the physicists would say would be the small particulates.

And so the novelty arising from those small particulates and stuff does not support the idea of manipulation at that level. This is why, okay, so humans are genetically modified, but no one's ever added a gene to our genome. In fact, the only way the l were able to genetically modify the humans they found was to remove the second chromosome and move the third chromosome on up, reducing us from 24 down to 23. And so that was a good level of novelty, making modern humans out of that other stock that was there. Right.

Notice that the l came here and did all this stuff through the Kaliyuga, through the descending ages, and I think they left because the Kaliyuga was ending basically anyway, though, so there's never been genes added to anything for GMO, and even humans can't do that. We cannot add new gene sequences to life in a meaningful fashion and have it be uptaken and actually make a difference. Right.

Anyway, though, so in that sense, I don't expect that we're going to get artificial life. I don't think it's within our capability to create this, nor do I think that we can actually do human cloning in a meaningful fashion. Now, you could clone a human. I'm not saying you can't clone a human like Dolly the sheep, but there's no way you're going to clone a human and create a duplicate of an adult. Right?

So you're going to clone a human. You're going to be basically growing an entirely different individual that will have entirely different reactions to the world, because they will grow up in an entirely different environment than the person you're actually recreating. And no, we don't have the ability to do anything with time. We can, according to Cozy Rev's experiments and my own, actually do things with time, the energy that comes on in. But it's not like we're able to compress 20 years of growth into just a few weeks in a little sack inside some kind of a device.

And so, no, we're not going to get that level of cloning. We don't have that level of time manipulation. There are interesting and cool things we can do with time, so we're actually able to manipulate stuff just based on Cozy Rev's 1967 experiments. We would be able to do things that would, for instance, add more time stuff. It wouldn't add more duration or anything, but it would add the impact of that time to things like ripening fruit.

So if you wanted to, you could freeze fruit or not freeze it, but refrigerate it, pick it green, and then put it into an advanced time chamber to ripen it up, where it would just have more exposure to more time stuff. This would be laborious. I don't know that it would be economically feasible. I don't know that it would add enough value to ripening your peach to make it worthwhile. But it is doable.

Both cozy rev and myself have done things in our experimentations that show that this is feasible, that you could do that.

There's probably a lot easier ways to do it than both cozy rev and myself have gone at it. But nonetheless so this is our period now. All the release language, we're going to get all of the release language of everybody finding out how they've been enslaved and their lives have been stolen, and their parents lives were made more miserable and their own childhoods were made more miserable by these central banks. And as part of the complexity and novelty, we will do away with central banks, we're going to do away with central management of everything. We're into the ultimate phase, the virtuous phase of the yugas, and we're going to go into decentralization in a massive way.

I knew back when, so my data back in like 2000, it was actually 1997, I had the first hints of it. I really started paying attention in 2002 when it said new money was coming, we're going to have a new money. And I didn't know what it was. And eventually it came out that 2010 or 2009, we get the satoshi white paper and it's like, AHA. And I knew at that stage, at that point, as soon as I read the white paper, AHA, I've got to get involved with this.

Now, at that point in those years, I was going to start writing my own software to mine, bitcoin, when the paper first came out. But then we had my own health, my wife's health, she had several surgeries and a heart attack, and my in law's health, my parents and all of it. Just like everybody got very ill all at once. And I never did write that software. But a couple of years later, 2011 or twelve, I started getting into bitcoin when it was able to be picked up, when you could actually get it.

Sometimes it was very difficult to get any in the early years. But in any event, though, I knew to get involved with it because it was decentralized. And that is the trend, and so the trend is your friend. Now, we've had rigidity from the central banks for hundreds of years. It's the third attempt here in the United States for a central bank, the one we're under now.

They'd conquered all of the planet, and so where are they going to go from there, right? There's no place that theme could go other than its own destruction, because it had maxed out, it had reached its total peak in taking over things. So that's one of the reasons contributing to the economic situation that we're in now is that universe wants the central banks to be destroyed and removed because it's going to open everything up in a huge way. It's going to provide complexity and novelty beyond our ability to grasp at this stage because we're all going to basically go and become our own banks, so to speak, as we go forward. And this will be a necessary step for the civilization, that civilization does not do well under central authority.

Again, it's a Kaliyuga kind of thing, right? The Elohim came down or split off from the other group that they came down with and the Elohim were like the ultimate and central authority guys, right? They're all about a central authority. Elyon, the most High, the most Almighty, the Almighty Elion, who was the boss of all the other El, all of the other Elohim. And it was centralized, 100% centralized in our structure now.

So we have the court system we have now because it inherited through the Talmud or through the Torah into the Old Testament, into the Talmud. We have inherited this idea of a prosecutor which in the Torah, the Elohim prosecutor was called the Satan, meaning lawyer, right? So it was a form of a lawyer. It's not the name of an individual being. And so a couple of the archangels, the ball, okay, so the ball were the archangels.

There were many of them. So it wasn't like there was one God ball, right? The ball was the category of the archangel. So Michael, archangel Michael was a ball. He was a real badass.

He killed lots of people. He was the one that was in charge of snatching the humans and doing the GMO stuff on them. But in any event, though, so the structure that we have now is derivative of the Elohim and their structure, this centralization, the centralization of justice, the centralization of everything to one almighty Elion, one almighty writing of scripture, which simply means script writing for the person, for the Elion to get his word out, that kind of thing, right? And so the L were the place that we had our centralization derived from. We find that this is not unique to the l though, all right?

The Devas, who I think the L came down as part of this large group that was called the Devas and that settled in central Eurasia and took over India, parts of China, Iran, parts of the Mesopotamian region up into Europe, and they conquered and they owned all of that area there. Anyway, all of this structure derives from these guys and we have inherited all of that and now operate on those forms. And they were like seriously centralized. So in my way of thinking, as that was something a blanket that settled on humanity over the Yuga. And as the Yuga fades, centralization's use also fades.

So those things that were derived and came up in the Yuga, don't necessarily have a place in any of the other Yugas. They don't necessarily have a place in the ascending Bronze, Silver or Golden Ages because conditions will be different, massively, majorly different. We cannot imagine what it's going to be like for humans that are born with that much more of the Galactic Center emanations during their gestation process, reaching them in the Silver Age, let alone the Golden Age. But the conditions and so forth that we deal with and the conclusions that we make then will not be the same as we made in the Kaliyuga. And it is only those basically retarded want to hold you back structures that we see in the Khazarians and Orthodox religion that they're clinging to the Kali Yuga, they're not able to advance and get with the program, so to speak, right?

And so we're going to have this kind of collision that we're going to be going through. And as part of that's, a good thing, a novelty, right? As we work out of religion, there's going to be all kinds of novelty created just as we work out of central banking and get into decentralization and so on. Then there's many, many millions of more avenues for activity, creativity and potentially for novelty. And so those can be favored.

So as I was saying, when I first came across the idea of Bitcoin, it was like, AHA, this is going to be a good thing to get into because it's decentralized, because Universe doesn't favor centralization, because humanity is captured at the moment, but is going to overthrow and move out of it. And Bitcoin and the decentralized currencies will be there on the other side as we break loose from the Central Bank. And this is actually why the Central Bank's CBDC is going to fail. It's a centralized version of a Bitcoin, but centralization itself is no longer supported by Universe and the smart people, let's just say that I think that there were military or cooperative minds in a cooperative effort that created the Satoshi Nakamoto White Paper and the Blockchain. So I don't think it was an individual person at that stage.

And we actually find discussions of public ledger technology going back even into the 50s. In any event, though, so we're going to find that all of these decentralization things really take off. And so you can harmonize with this idea, okay? And so the idea is irreversibility. So anywhere there is a trend towards a decision being made, something happening that is irreversible, that will be supported by Universe, those areas that are reversible, meaning that some authority can, quote, undo it, are going to die off because they are not supportive of novelty, they're not supportive of creative harmony with the novelty process within universe.

And if you look out and you see certain things, so if I wanted to make investments or something like this, I would be looking for those things where. People were attempting to do something in a decentralized fashion where they were promoting a distributed, non, centrally controlled form, either technology or whatever, right? And those things will flourish. Now it's going to be difficult to do, quote, investments in those because they're not centralized. There won't be stock market necessarily to deal with because the stock market is basically another fiat currency operation, right?

There's like 99,000 stocks for everyone that's legitimately issued. There's so many fake stock out there, it's just unreal. That's why there's this whole do you want to own the stock and take delivery of it? And they will do everything they possibly can to not give you delivery of those stock certificates. They want you to put them in the street name and hold them in street names for easy turnover and stuff.

No, it's so they can keep the whole inflation in the stock thing game going. There's never an audit when they say they are going to sell 98 million shares of stock. You never know if they're selling 98 million or 988,000,000. There's just no way to tell because there's never any audit. This is why the blockchain is very valid because you can't create fake Bitcoin, it just doesn't work because of the nature of the blockchain itself.

So this level of irreversibility harmonizes with the distributed nature, the decentralized nature that's being promoted within the currency and within universe at the moment. And so it will succeed. As we are seeing. Bitcoin is doing well over the years anyway though, so finally getting here had that another one of those delays waiting for the pilot car. Anyway though, as I was saying, we're at that point now where we're going to have dominant release language so you can expect people to be histrionic for the next, I don't know, few decades at least, as everybody discovers how screwed up things are.

And you can also expect that we'll get a lot of people discussing how screwed up things are and that this will occupy us for some period of time. And as I say, I think within this period of time we're going to get the whole space alien appearance. Now it'll probably come out through officialdom. Anything that comes out through centralized officialdom is automatically suspect. And in my mind I instantly take away 99% of any veracity to it and just let it mature to see what's actually real or what other fake thing they're trying to pimp because they do constantly and they can be expected to actually redouble their efforts in attempting to shoehorn us back into central authority.

In general though, the takeaway of this little talk here is that if you were to examine your life and you see areas in your life that you need to make changes to if you have those changes favor decentralization distributed formats, you'll probably do better than if you're going to try and back any form of a central anything. It's just the general nature of where we're at and what's going to be happening. Okay, guys, long damn day, and it's going to get worse for me. I've got appliances that are fucking up and stuff, and oh, jeez, there's big stuff to pack in. Okay, anyway, all right.

And I guess that's it for this shopping trip. So anyway, time powers everything. Universe has moved us into a release period for some time, some duration, and any chance you get to advance yourself, you can harmonize with the trends that favor decentralization and distribution over central control, and they should do pretty well. Okay, guys, and that's it. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Heart Beat of Time – 08-16-2023

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

Episode Summary:

The text discusses the novelty theory and the work of Russian scientist Kozyrev, who focused on the nature of time. After spending ten years in a Siberian gulag, he developed experiments in the 60s that led to the observation that time exhibits aspects of pressure. This pressure builds up to a threshold before manifesting a result, a pattern that repeats in various aspects of reality, such as the stock market, heartbeat, and chemical reactions. The text emphasizes that this understanding of time's pressure-like behavior can be applied to various fields, including linguistics, and is a fundamental aspect of our reality.

The text explores the concept of building tension and release in various contexts, including chemical reactions, language, human interactions, and societal dynamics. It emphasizes how this pattern can be observed in individual behaviors, such as a fight between two people, or on a larger scale, like potential civil unrest. The author also connects this idea to novelty theory and the Yuga cycles, suggesting that humanity is entering a new age where increased energy from the Galactic Center will lead to an "up-leveling" of human consciousness and technology. The text concludes with a hopeful outlook on humanity's potential growth and evolution.

The text discusses the transition from the Kali Yuga (Iron Age) to the Bronze Age, emphasizing an up-leveling of complexity and novelty production. It contrasts the simplicity of life 500 years ago with today's interconnected world and predicts another significant uptick in complexity. The author explains the Yuga cycles, including the transition periods, and asserts that humanity is 25 years into a 75-year transition to the Bronze Age. The text also criticizes the Khazarian Mafia for attempting to suppress this advancement and predicts a short-lived hyperinflation period. The author concludes that the transition to a new age is inevitable.

The text explores the shift from building tension language to release language, reflecting a change in societal dynamics. It discusses the increasing complexity and novelty in various aspects of life, such as parts shortages and the potential for on-demand production through 3D printing. The author emphasizes the transition into a new era marked by decentralized and diversified solutions, predicting that this trend will continue for the next 2100 years. The text concludes with the idea that the universe rewards novelty creation, and individuals can benefit from understanding and adapting to these changes.

#3Dprinting #adaptation #advancement #BronzeAge #causality #change #chemistry #complexity #decentralization #experiments #heartbeat #hyperinflation #inflation #innovation #KaliYuga #KhazarianMafia #Kozyrev #language #linguistics #manifestation #novelty #noveltytheory #pressure #reality #release #science #SiberianGulag #technology #tension #threshold #time #transition #YugaCycles

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

All right, one more time. Hello, guys. Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's almost nine Wednesday morning.

Heading inland to do some shopping and chores, chopping and anyway, wanted to talk about the idea of the the novelty theory. But even more than that, aspects of the novelty theory that may actually exist, okay, they may be able to be projected as a result of Cozy Rev's work on time in the 60s. So Kozi Rev was a Russian scientist. Quite brilliant. Ended up pissing off the fishildom and being sent to a gulag for counter revolutionary thinking and no good in the old Soviet days.

But in any event, so they let him out of the gulag ten years early, after he'd only been there for ten years and for ten years. So that isolated him from physics, from everything. He had no equipment or any of this in the gulag. He was digging coal in Siberia. In any event, though, during that period of time, he did a lot of thinking, and he came up with a whole bunch of experiments, which they performed single lane road here and a pilot car.

They performed these experiments through the 60s, okay? So without going into all of the different experiments and the nature of what they were attempting to get at and so on, there was a common observation that came through all of these experiments that were involved with time, okay? So cozy. Rev was experimenting with time. He wanted to find out stuff about time, and he did a good job.

There was a lot of thought that went into it over the ten years that he was in the gulag and didn't have equipment and couldn't do anything, and he was digging coal.

Actually, I think he was also cutting wood. They was out on a wood harvesting thing in Siberia. He was in a Siberian gulag. In any event, though, so he comes up with all these experiments that go to the nature of time, and without going into those, there was a common observation that occurred in all of the experiments. It showed up in all of them relative to time, regardless of what aspect of time was being investigated.

And here's the gist of it, okay? They had an observation that Kozarev could say, when things are involved with time, there will be this effect. And this effect is hard for me to describe, but it's very easy for me to illustrate with a quick graphic, because with a graphic, you would easily draw this particular shape, and everybody would say, oh, yeah, I get that, I grasp that. But here's the idea.

It's an aspect of pressure, okay? So time exhibits aspects that are apparent pressure. And so it's very much in terms of how it manifests, it's very much like a pressure cooker where you put your rice or your millet or something in the little pressure cooker. And you put your water in there and you put the top on and the little weight, and then you put it in heat. Put it on some heat, and you wait for the pressure to build up.

Okay. And when the pressure builds up, you know it because the little weight is overcome by the pressure. It rises up and steam comes out and there's that hissy noise, the noise or however the hell the machine makes it anyway. And so that takes some duration in order for that to occur. And so you put it on there and at some point after it has heated up and so on, there will be pressure building up from the evaporation of the water, from the heat that can't escape and so the pressure keeps going.

Time itself seems to function in this same manner in that there is a pressure threshold before there is manifestation of result from causality. So this where it gets really tricky in talking about all this. You got to be really precise but you have to define the terms so that everybody understands. So if you're in a meeting about this shit, you know that everybody is talking about these terms in exactly the same way, right?

And this setup, this observation that Cozy Riv made continues to exhibit no matter how he approached demonstrating causality and result as demonstrable manifestations of time, he would always get this building threshold being crossed and then the event and in the process of that event manifesting, the metrics involved would drop slightly. So if you were plotting it, you would have a line that would rise at some steep angle upward. It would reach a particular peak. And then as we see in things like stock market charts or even blood pressure or heartbeat even it's all there. It's everywhere.

The same dynamic repeats everywhere in reality, in all aspects of reality. Chemistry in your heartbeat. Like I say, pumping blood, thinking everything is driven by time. And it all repeats this same pattern, which is this rise up to a threshold, the crest of the threshold. A slight drop as the event is manifest into reality.

As the result of the causality occurs, there will be always a diminuation of the energies involved at some level as the manifestation takes place. And there's reasons to we can go into to explain this, as to why this happens, why this occurs, why this is a necessary component of time. But at the moment we're not going to go into that. We're not going to deal with that. But we are living through or in.

Okay? So we live in a time based reality. This time based reality puts this particular observable flow dynamic on everything from chemical reactions, biochemical reactions, growth, how we would talk about kids having growth spurts, how they'd seemingly grow and then sort of sort of stop growing for a while, right? It's not a continuous process. So there are no continuous processes within our reality.

Everything works on this pulse because time provides this pulse which creates impulse, which creates waves, which creates all forms of energy within our manifesting reality right within the material.

So we can plot that same kind of like rise up, slight drop down and then a little bit of a flat plateau and then another rise up just like on your blood pressure. Just like if you look at the little graphs on your blood pressure as they're taking your blood pressure and it, you know, does that, what do they call it? Sinusoidal rhythm, right? And that is part of the manifestation that we get out of time on all things. So it is not a surprise that, for instance, my work with linguistics would discover that we had, quote, pressure coming through on language that would exhibit exactly the same kind of graphic dynamic as does time, as does the heartbeat, as does the pulsing of the sun.

All of these things now in our manifesting reality, where most of us don't care about, to a great degree about the millisecond by millisecond aspects of causality and we only deal in the world of results. This is a key function for us, right, because we can say that, oh, well, we'll get a result at this point when this particular energy has crested this level of threshold and we may not be able to predict it. Some things we can predict. So you can predict that kind of thing in, say, a chemical reaction. If you knew that you had so many moles of this chemical and so many moles of that chemical and you were mixing them together and you're going to get a chemical reaction, you can say that.

Well, based on the molecular density of this particular element within the chemical reaction, we will get our manifestation, our result, our completion of the blending, the compounding of these chemicals at this point because we can anticipate the time involved because it's all of the known quantities. And we've got that formula for how fast certain chemical reactions occur pretty well. Delineated all right. And so what I was trying to do in a sense that wasn't my goal, but one of the things that my work aimed into was being able to do a prediction on manifestation of causality relative to language. And so in the process, in the early days of doing the work, I discovered that, well, jeez, there's various different kinds of pressure here linguistically, but they all seem to behave in either a building tension fashion or a release tension fashion.

And the language was subtly different and the emotional elements was different in each. And so I could start determining, oh, this word being used in this way with these adjectives is a manifestation of building tension, right? Or I could say that, oh, look, that same word now has these adjectives and is showing up in this level of density and we're about to get a release episode around it because we're getting release adjectives building up.

It was fairly reliable that way. Okay, hang on, just get a shut down here. So we could do that, we could anticipate release occurrences off of building tension. At some point, maybe it was 2002, I started figuring that out. And then by 2003, I was able to make better and better projections relative to timing for the manifestation of something that was within the building language.

So you would see this in humans in a gross situation where you got two guys, they're at a restaurant, for whatever reason, their moods are compatible with each other, with the intent of contention, okay? So they may not be pissed going in, but whatever, they're all set. They get in, their circumstances develop. And then you have contention between these two guys. Before there's actually any physical interaction, there will be a rising amount of tension.

They'll be building tension, language. And you've heard it before, how they talk to each other before the fight, so on and so on, right? Not necessarily swearing at each other, but building up to the point where one of them will cross a threshold. They will have had their emotional building tension up to a certain point and then they will have a release episode within their mind and they'll start swinging. And that's the reaction, that's the dynamic, they've crossed that threshold and the fight is on.

So we see these kinds of activities all throughout our reality, this building tension peak, little tiny bit of a drop and then a plateau as the manifestation occurs. Now we're living in that at this point as we get further into the manifestation, the emergence of this next level of novelty theory relative to humans. So here's where it gets quite a bit tricky, okay? That same level of building tension dynamic with its peak and then a slight drop and then a plateau, that applies to grouping tensions as well. So that design pattern manifests in groups of humans at all different levels.

And as you can see, for instance, we have potential contention and potential civil war here in the United States with some of these assholes shooting at each other and that kind of thing, but mainly not because we haven't crossed that level of tension in the release language, right? And so everybody knows the tension is building. You got a lot of people saying, hey, we're headed towards civil war, but we don't actually have it. Yada, yada, yada, right, we haven't crossed that threshold. When we do, then there's a dynamic, then things happen, then there is the actual conflict.

And there are a lot of people that know these kind of things and they're attempting to manage this and diffuse it so that we don't get into a shooting war here, that we don't get into a civil war.

So anyway, so as I say, it applies to large scale human activity as well as individual heartbeats and that kind of thing. And you can make predictions around this now, relative to novelty theory, here's what is happening.

The shift, for instance, in an individual. So you got an individual, you got a human that's got some problems with their heart, for instance, okay? And so they go into AFib occasionally, as they go into AFib fibrillation, as they go into this erratic heartbeat, they cross that threshold. There's the building tension. And then when it drops down into when it peaks and then drops into the plateau area, it goes into another form of action.

And you get the AFib. It doesn't go back to a regular beat. It gets irregular for whatever reason involved, doesn't matter. It happens at that point. And then you're into AFib, which has a slightly different heartbeat action.

But the whole of the AFib episode can be thought of as one of these building tensions into release tension, because if you're aware of the AFib, then it becomes a real problem on your mind. And then at some point, you need it to stop. And so then you get into release, and then you have a release within yourself that way. Okay? So in other words, going from a regular heartbeat into AFib can be considered to be crossing a chaotic threshold, but is also an elevation of the function of the heart relative to the amount of electricity going into it that causes the beats as it is.

And so, for whatever reason, at that point, you're getting more electricity into the heart and it's becoming irregular in its beating operation, may go faster. I don't think that they have AFib that goes slower as a rule. But in any event, though, so this is a pattern. And we are living through one of those patterns now where our social order is going through a regular heartbeat and it's about to get more energy. We're about to up level the amount of energy going into we finally get to go here.

We've been waiting on the pilot car. So we're finally getting into that point where we're able to or there will be this manifestation as we get into the next up leveling of the Algo, basically from universe that controls novelty, et cetera, right? We're at a situation where now everything contributes to novelty within universe. So the Yuga system is set up by universe to provide us a non static base that we can potentially create novelty from. So as the Yugas change, we get more and more energy from Galactic Center and we become better humans, so to speak, right?

We become more involved humans, more aware humans, et cetera, because there's more of these Galactic Center emanations. This is after we get out of the Kali Yuga, as we have 325 years now. And we're into the Dwapara Yuga, the Bronze Age, and it is short jeez. Anyway. And so we're now getting into these new ages where we're getting more energy from Galactic Center and humanity is going to up level.

All right? As a result of more of these energies. We're not as dense as we were. We're not as mentally dense as we were in the Kali Yuga. And you can plot our technology blooming and all these advancements and everything against these Yuga cycles and see that this is fairly factual, easily plotted.

And so we know that Universe is providing these things in order that there might be up leveling of complexity and up leveling of complexity towards the idea of creating novelty. And that's the whole goal, right, is more novelty, better novelty, et cetera. And we're right there now that we're taking this, we are in the process of reaching that peak, and then we're going to drop down into a new drop slightly, but then we'll come into a new level here of novelty production. And that level of novelty production is going to be literally a whole order of magnitude over the novelty production that we have been used to. So just as though you can see that in the middle of the Kali Yuga, back about 500 Ad or so, 500 current era, back about that far, people were riding on donkeys.

You didn't talk to but maybe 30 people in your whole life. If you lived in a village, you could live and die in a village. Your lifespan was relatively short, maybe 30 or 40 years, and you could live your whole life and not see more than 30 or 40 people. And so the amount of stimulation, the amount of variance, the amount of complexity was relatively little. Now we're getting into the point where every time you turn around, some shit's happening.

You've got Internet connecting you to everybody so that there's just so much coming in, there's so much more information that we were in a giant up leveling of information and complexity over what had occurred when people were riding around on donkeys and pulling loads of goods up and down the Nile with horses and ropes, right? That kind of thing. So we've had this big uptick on that level. Now we're about to take another one of those. Okay, so here's the way these things are thought to work out.

The Kali Yuga is split into two. Like all the Yugas are split into two. So you have a descending. So going away from the emanations of Galactic Center and an ascending of all of the ages of the Kali Yuga, the Bronze Age, the Silver Age, and the Kali means Iron. It's the Iron Age.

So the Iron Age, the Bronze Age, the Silver Age and the Gold Age. And you have an ascending and a descending on each of these. Now, as you go from one age to another, there is a one quarter of the time involved algorithm or design pattern, okay? So Universe would have the Kaliyuga be one quarter in length of the Golden Age. And when the Kaliyuga converts over to the Bronze Age, as we are in now, you go through a period of time where you're like losing the hangover of the Iron Age, where your people are becoming more and more intelligent.

They're being more intelligent as more emanations come in from Galactic center. And thus the whole population is being elevated mentally by these emanations as you go forward. And so the Kali Yuga halves, each half of it, the descending half and the ascending half, are each 1200 years old or 1200 years long. Within that, there's a one quarter of the distance thing, just like with radiations out in space. So one quarter of the distance away from the microwave, you've lost the square of the power.

So the power level drops down massively with distance. We have that within time. We find that this same pattern repeats in aspects of time, that is to say, duration aspects of time. So the Kaliyuga, each half of which is 1200 years. So in that 2400 years, we get this thing where as we are into the Ascending One now, and as we're leaving the Ascending One, one quarter of the time involved in each half in the Ascending One will be used to shed the hangover, so to speak, of that age.

So you have 1200 years of the ascending Kali Yuga, which we popped out of in 1698, and then we're going to have another 300 years, which was one quarter of that 1200 years in which we will transition from the mindset, the density of the Iron Age into the slightly more mentally sparkly Bronze Age, right? And so we do that for 300 years, and then we have a quarter of that distance, which would be 75 years, one quarter of the 300. And that 75 years is the period of time in which we set the themes for the developing New Age. So we're 25 years into that 75 year period. I know it's complicated, guys.

Basically what it's all saying is that there's a transition period, and we only have 50 years left of this transition period before we're, like, rock solid into the Bronze Age. But within this transition period, if you look around, you can see the themes, the driving mental focus that will be dominating this particular age. And so we know we're coming into an age of science, technology, et cetera, et cetera. And actually that's why we're having these big battles over all the non science nut jobs, the Khazarian Mafia trying to hold us back into the Kaliyuga. And so this is really all part of the novelty thing.

Okay? So the Khazarian Mafia gained power through the Yuga because of the density of humans and because of their particular predatory approach to dealing with things and their clanish behavior, right? Okay, so the Khazarian Mafia here has been trying to suppress the advance of humanity into the Bronze Age because they lose power when we think, right? When we're thinking we're not going to fall for their horseshit. When you're really thinking, you say, no, a central bank.

That's slavery. You're enslaving me to a hidden inflation that you're going to say is 2%, but it'll never be that. It'll be eight and ten and 12%, and you'll be hiding it the whole time and lying to me the whole time. The whole point of the Central Bank is to lie and thief and enslave me. And I can see this, so I don't want to have anything to do with it.

And so, consequently, in the Bronze Age, if everybody thinks that way, then we won't involve ourselves with their fiat currency and we'll do something else. And the Khazarian mafia will greatly lose power, as they are doing now. So we're seeing the collapse of the Soros empire. We're seeing the collapse of all of these skim empires where they make money because they control the money supply, and they rake off and they rob through currency exchange trades, all of this different kind of stuff. It's another layer of hidden enslavement by taxation on the money.

And so now we're at this point where we're reaching a peak, and we can all see that. We can see that inflation is reaching a peak to the point where we're going to kick over into hyperinflation. That will not last long, okay? That will probably last less than four months, maybe five, because we're a large country. There's very few countries like ours that have gone through hyperinflationary periods.

So when the Soviet Union collapsed, they did not go hyperinflationary. The devaluation of the currency from the outside was used to destroy the Soviet system by Reagan's people, but they did not enter into a hyperinflation. There were a few bits and pieces of it in few areas in the Soviet Union, but in general, the currency collapsed and it seriously collapsed. And everybody's reaction was to go to outside currencies. So they just basically abandoned their own internal ruble, the Soviet ruble, and they used it as markers, but they were using outside currencies as a basis for supporting any supposed purchasing value within that within that currency.

Okay. All right. I know getting really long and far afield here, but basically what's happening is we're crossing this threshold just as the Soviets did when there is an external pressure trying as the Kazarian Mafia has been doing for the last 300 plus years has been trying to retain their power which was entirely derived from their position within the Kaliyuga. And it's going to fail anyway because the Kaliyuga is no longer in effect, and none of us will be able to ever alter this at all. The only thing they think they've been able to do is to slow it down a little bit.

Right? So anyway, all that's going on, and this is the point at which our complexity becomes cominoric and we enter into this next level of novelty. So as much as you think there's new shit going on now, if you're into science, there's new stuff happening on science every day. If you're into sports, there's new stuff happening there every day. Medicine, health, anything, money.

There's just so much new stuff happening, it's difficult to keep up with it. And you find yourself not really even able to branch out to some other area of interest because there's so much new stuff in your primary area. And so no matter where we go, we're going to get this new stuff, novelty thing at a huge level. Now that we've reached this next level. And it's manifesting now.

Lots of people had predicted this to occur on 2012. Maybe that was the start of it, maybe that was the peak at a particular level of emotional threshold. And now we're into the new pattern that will be developing the next level up. This is very much like gaming where you go through a software game and you've done everything in a particular level. You get the final magic tomato or whatever the fuck it is, and you're promoted, so to speak, into the next level of complexity.

And everything gets a lot harder. So the challenges become harder. That's where we're at now. The challenges are going to become harder and we're going to have to decide how we're going to deal with it on an individual and collective basis. The collective basis is going to be just a bitch to work out because everybody's going to be so fractured and pulled away by all of this stuff.

So you'll see a lot of people that just don't pay any attention to politics or don't pay any attention to science or nowadays everybody's pretty much paying attention to medicine because we all got fucked up by the Pandemic, right? But even the Pandemic, they planned that. They wanted to kill all these people. This whole genocide thing was part of the Khazarian mafia trying to retain control. Universe won't have it, it won't allow it.

There were people that they killed. Obviously, as shit happens like this, these elements, so to speak, the Kazarian mafia attempting to do the Pandemic, the failure of the fiat currency, the mother Weffers trying to their next scam, which is the climate thing, right? Everybody needs to lock down because there's going to be wind today or something, right? Anyway, all of that shit, as well as the land grab in Maui, all of these things are all part of this point of developing pressure. These are all weights on the pressure cooker of that particular level of interest.

So we know that there's a desire for the mother Weffers to own all this property in Hawaii. We know that Obama wants to expand his Hawaii base. And so they direct the Dew weapons. They have the Chinese map, all of Hawaii with their lasers last year, and then this year they have the Dew weapons come on down and surgically remove those areas that they don't want people in, that they want to buy up. And then now, within just days, we've got a book out about it.

And within a couple of days, the government's now announcing that you can't sell the land. We're going to take it through eminent domain, so nobody can sell their land to anybody. Now, of course, the eminent domain means that they're just going to keep it and have a sweetheart deal for the insiders, right? And so that's the whole process. And the insurance companies are saying, we're not paying, and all of this kind of stuff.

So all this is all the building tension in that particular area. And this is the way it is with everything now. So we've passed out of the 25th year, okay? So within the 75 years in which we set our memes, our themes for the particular new age, that part of the transition. That part is also divided up into quarters.

And by the way, four is the number of time. And I can get into that at some other talk about what cozy rev discovered relative to time and digits, so to speak. But anyway, so that one quarter of that 75 years, slightly less than 20 years, and we're out of that. And in that period of time, we set the primary revision means, so to speak, right? So those things we're going to be undoing and redoing.

So we could go through now if we were smart enough and we had a big supercomputer and we could just look at all this language and stuff and say, okay, these are the areas that over the next 2400 years, humanity is going to be exploring. We know some of these things and it's really curious the way that it's coming out. If you'd done this exercise 200 years ago, you would say in 1894, when Yuktasvar analyzed what was going on, he was a Hindu scientist and mystic, and he analyzed what was going on and said, the themes for this particular Yuga will be ElectriCities and small particles. And indeed it is, but the small particles is crapping out. Okay, that's a stupid bad idea from the Kazarians that they put vast quantities of money into.

With all these atom smashers, the Large Hadron Collider and all of that kind of stuff, and that's reached its peak and it's about to collapse. It's going to be shown to be an absolute failure. Total waste of money, doesn't give them what they want. And their whole concept was bogus from the beginning because they were basically listening to Einstein and he didn't have a fucking clue. But as part of this is we are going to go into ElectriCities and energies and stuff, and we have investigated the small particles, but because it happened within the 300 years, it was one of the transition things that will be dropped.

So we know that we won't be dealing with quantum physics or particle physics at that level going forward. That in fact, it'll be the other it'll be the ElectriCities and the energy and. So on, which puts us back into the ether kind of an approach on things. So these things can be sussed out based on the algorithms that we can see relative to the yugas, relative to how time works and its functioning within humanity, how it manifests as a dynamic change within humanity. And as I wanted to say, we are there now for the novelty, not we're smart.

Okay? So we are not going to expect politics to calm down once Trump is back in as president, okay? In fact, getting there is going to be a huge issue because we're going to have to cross one of those major peaks, one of those major thresholds in order to get that to occur. So there'll be all kinds of chaos leading up to that and then it'll just put us on a higher level of plateau from which we build the next level of peak. And that's the pattern that we're in now.

So we can expect that in fact the, as Trump becomes president again, that in fact we should have at that point a major escalation in dynamic activity within internal US. Politics because we will be dropping into this next level. So when we peak and we come down slightly from that peak and we hit that plateau, that next plateau relative to politics at that point will be the base for the building for the next 2100 years. And so we'll be building from this point on upward. So we're not going to be like going back.

Right?

It's a difficult concept to get across. I find it easier to sketch it out because you can draw these lines and it just sort of shows things in a nice orderly fashion that is more congenial to our minds, may not be more accurate. Right. Very difficult to quantify things like time in a graphic drawing. In any event though, our escalation, our step up, our next level up in complexity here relative because of the novelty theory, algo taking us up a notch should be quite spectacular.

But in the main, I bet you most people don't even recognize it because we've got so much other stuff going on that everybody's just going to be like too involved in the day to day part of all of it to be able to think about it in the larger context.

Wow, we were there a long time anyway. So it's interesting that we're at this point now, I've been doing work with time and language for long enough that I've been able to see our building and release language manifest and since like maybe 2008, but certainly by 2010 there was a domination of building tension. Language that had not existed in the, had not existed in the early 2000s. It sort of started creeping in in the early 2000s where building language would always dominate. You'd have more of that than you have release language.

Now the reverse of that is happening. We're getting more and more release language as people shed the tensions and the emotions right away that are being shoved into them by this step up in our novelty algorithm. And so at the moment I suspect we're going to or for this period of time, I suspect we're going to be going into release language dominant for maybe decades. I just don't know. Going to be hard to say.

They should even out at some point. That's my expectation in any event. But that point might literally be hundreds of years away for all I know. In any event, though, over these next years, you can guide your actions by presuming that whatever you're seeing in the area that interests you is going to become ever so much more complicated and convoluted and complex in any and all facets of it. So you could just sort of anticipate that, right?

So you can anticipate that, oh, there's going to be parts shortages on everything pretty much perpetually from now on for a number of different reasons and we can get into those at some point. And so you can also anticipate that there's going to be different solutions to this. There's going to be more complex solutions. So you may find that we get people that set up shops and they do production on demand of particular parts. So you're working on a car, you find a plastic part that's broken or rubber or whatever.

And so you take the plastic part and you go into one of these little shops because you can't find that part because maybe the companies that used to make it doesn't even exist anymore. But you go in with that part to the shop, they put it into a 3D scanner, they scan it, get all the metrics, maybe have to glue it back together, do a little bit of fiddling to make it fit. Maybe they've got software that does that, who knows? And then they sit there and they print that part for you. Maybe that's going to be our solution to the part issue is that we'll set up little stores everywhere that will produce parts on demand.

And then maybe they can do this for metal parts, but they have to send it to the information to a foundry and then the part gets mailed back to you. That kind of a thing, right? And so we won't be in a position so we're basically transiting from a position of auto parts stores where they would stash existing parts that pre made and so on. Maybe that's going to slowly die off as we have to morph into this other approach here. So I've run into that with people I do business with where guy's got a tree business and he's got a lift truck, one of those trucks that you sit in a little bucket and it lifts you up on this arm way to the top of the tree.

So you can trim the tree or cut it down in chunks or whatever, right? And perfectly functioning business and everything. And then some parts crap out on his lift truck and lo and behold, nobody's manufacturing those anymore. And so he's out of business until he can figure a solution, which basically is another lift truck which he had not anticipated buying because when you buy a piece of gear for your job like that, you just sort of automatically think that you'll be able to get parts and keep it in good repair. And in this case that didn't happen, right?

Could not happen. Well, now we're back to that point where it's probably going to be this kind of a way for all different kinds of stuff, which is not necessarily a good thing if you're used to the old situation. But at least it is our approach, and it's going to be ever so much more complex and ever so much more novel than had existed. So it's an upgrade in novelty for us to split out to decentralized and so on and diversified part production for our machinery. And from there maybe we're going to have individualized factories that start up, that kind of thing.

No one knows exactly how this thing is going to mature and develop as we go forward, but we know that we're in that point of manifesting change where change is written with a giant big sea and it's going to be dominating our lives. Well, it'll dominate the rest of my life, but probably that dominate the lives of everybody that is able to listen to this because it'll be continuing like this for 2100 years as we are in the Bronze Age.

So anyway, that's where we're at. I'm almost at my first stop. Sorry about that. This one ran a little bit long. At least it gave us the opportunity to get into some of this stuff here.

But the takeaway on this is that there is this repeating pattern that shows up in every fucking thing involving any kind of activity, life or dynamic action in our material. And this operating principle has this threshold thing that reaches a peak and then it drops slightly and then you're into a plateau from which the next level builds up. And we're able to see this pattern in all forms of activity so you can predict that it will occur. Everything from heartbeats to whether or not there's going to be a fight breakout in that bar or restaurant, right? And by anticipating these things you can hopefully guide yourself a little bit better through some of this shit we're all going to be going through in this transition as we manifest our new reality here.

And that's basically what we're doing. We're all little elements in universe's novelty game, right? And so it's up to us to do our best to aid universe in creating novelty and in so doing universe will reward us. There's algorithms in this game that say if you're a good novelty creator, we'll give you lots of money. And we see that this happens all the time.

We see these effects where artists and creative people get lots of money for being creative people. And it's sort of a quid pro quo. They may not understand it. They may just be going with it. They like singing and everybody else likes their singing, that sort of thing.

But, um, it's basically this algorithm from Universe, and you can take advantage of it. Okay, guys, I got a lot of stuff here, and apparently I'm going to be held up on the way back too. So anyway, that's a discussion of novelty theory and talk to you later.

Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Dwapara Virtue – 05-27-2023

Dwapara Virtue - 05-27-2023

Dwapara Virtue - 05-27-2023

Episode Summary:

The text presents a philosophical and metaphorical discussion of time, not as a dimension, but as an active entity that powers reality and has dynamic qualities that can be manipulated. Using the analogy of our solar system's elliptical revolution around the galactic center, the speaker frames this in the context of ancient Hindu Yuga cycles - Golden, Silver, Bronze, and Iron, each with different effects on human progress. They state that we are in the Bronze Age, ascending towards the Galactic Center, which they associate with innovation and growth, evidenced by advances like electricity and mass communication. Lastly, the speaker discusses the current educational system's inadequacies, advocating for a shift from teaching subjects to teaching children how to learn.

The text discusses varied learning styles and the importance of discovering one's own, to optimize individual education. It emphasizes an ongoing process of learning and adapting to new knowledge, amidst an era of information explosion. The author cites historical instances where vital knowledge was lost due to the destruction of important literature and discusses theories about the evolution of religions and significant earth changes. The text also explores the impact of our proximity to the Galactic Center on human consciousness and the concept of experiencing different ages in many lives, emphasizing that disruption and recreation are necessary for novelty in our quest for new consciousness.

The text describes a historical perspective on the role of the Khazarian mafia, relics of the Kaliyuga period, influencing major societal changes through religious and socio-political manipulation. It emphasizes the concept of warfare and human sacrifice originating from the Kaliyuga, affecting religions like Judaism and Christianity. It also suggests the role of space aliens in the conquest of ancient, non-warlike societies. Additionally, it talks about how the Khazarians used hypnotic substances to infiltrate and influence empires, leading to their destruction. Finally, it mentions the ongoing struggle against the Khazarian mafia's influence, rooted in a 6000-year-long conflict involving space aliens.

The text discusses a concept of harnessing energy from the universe's vibratory frequency, suggesting the potential to create a chip resonating with the frequency, thus generating electricity. This could form a fuel-less source of power, lasting indefinitely with proper engineering. The narrative also critiques Einstein's time-space dimension concept, arguing time can be manipulated differently, unlike space, and Einstein's view traps physics in materialism. The speaker sees a future beyond this, with the potential for groundbreaking discoveries once we move past these existing paradigms.

#6000YearBattle #AncientSocieties #AquariusAge #Ascending #BeyondMaterialism #BronzeAge #Catharism #Cathars #Christianity #Conquest #Consciousness #Kozyrev #Education #EllipticalRevolution #EmpireManipulation #EnergyHarvesting #EnergyInjection #EinsteinCritique #Evolution #FreeEnergy #FuturePhysics #GalacticCenter #Growth #HistoricalInstances #Humanity #HumanSacrifice #HypnoticSubstances #Innovation #Judaism #Kaliyuga #KhazarianMafia #KnowledgePreservation #Learning #LearningStyles #NewEnergy #Novelty #PulseOfTime #Religion #ReligionsEvolution #Reality #Shamanism #SpaceAliens #Time #TimeManipulation #UniverseVibration #Warfare #YugaCycles

Don't say that about Charlie's clone! - 05-07-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. It's coffee break time. So May 27, about 915, something like that, out in the greenhouse doing a bit of weeding and a little bit of cleaning up and taking a break for a few minutes. Hello, doggo.

Anyway, let's talk about time is in my view, time is what powers our reality is this pulse. And the, quote, aftermath of that pulse is what we call time. And it's basically an injection of energy into our area here.

And the residual causes us to have this sense of duration and the passage of time. And the pulse itself is the creation of the reality in our consciousness in this coordinated fashion. It gets real complex when you look at it at that level. But we needn't discuss it there today. Some of the interesting parts of this, though is that time has active properties.

It's not a dimension. Okay? So Einstein came along and said, oh, well, we'll just treat time like it's any other dimension, right? So it's like distance, something like that. Hang on a second.

scripty noise.

And it's not time is not a dimension like distance. We can actually do things that alter our reality through time. And Cozy Rev has a number of experiments that do this exactly and precisely. And measurable and we're on the process of identifying the active and dynamic qualities of time which can be manipulated and used by humans. Now, time scales.

So time stuff that we can actively manipulate with our little experiments with bowls of water, mercury or lead weights or something like this. The time stuff itself also affects galaxies, stars, planets, humanity, the materium itself and so operates at that scale as well.

Time is a tool of universe and there's all these different qualities that we put to it relative to our human experience. But we do know that there are differences in time based on the quality of the temporal flux, if you will, the flow of it all. And so our solar system, we're in the third minor spiral arm of the Milky Way galaxy. Our solar system, based on where it is, has an apparent 26,000 year revolution around the center of the galaxy. This revolution is elliptical, it's not circular.

This revolution, as an ellipse has a very much narrowed tail, so to speak. Okay? So our ellipse looks much more like a comet with its tail than any other form of an ellipse. The tail part is elongated relative to the position of the galaxy center relative to our elliptical orbit. So we spend more of our time in the area closer to galactic center as a solar system than we do spending time in the tail end of it, so to speak.

The tail end of it also seems to have a definitive hook where we sort of turn the corner. That turning the corner. All right. This great year takes 26,000 years approximately. It can be divided in half into 213 thousand year segments.

Each segment can be thought of as either ascending, in which case our solar system is moving closer to Galactic Center, closely closer to the influences of Galactic Center, or it can be thought of as descending, in which case you're moving away from Galactic Center.

Yugi Cycles and the corresponding Dwarpa
We consider that chunk of our exposure to Galactic Center to be the Golden Age. And in terms of the Yugas the Yugas, there's four Yugas. They're divided into gold, silver, bronze and iron. We've just come out of the Iron Age, just come out of the Kali Yuga. We're out of it by about 325 years, little over that.

So we have thousands of years to go before we get to the Silver Age. The Bronze Age that we're in now, the ascending Bronze Age, we're heading back towards the Galactic Center. That ascending Bronze Age is 2400 years long, and we're only into it 325 years. So we've got over 2000 years to go in this Bronze Age. We're going towards Galactic Center.

Okay? So there is a noticeable effect from the Yugas wherein humanity has more get up and go and more going for it as we head into Galactic Center, and we have less as we head away from Galactic Center. And on our furthest point away from Galactic Center is we are at our most dense. We ain't got shit. We've just come out of this.

Okay. The Kaliyuga was that part of our history where you didn't have electricity, you had the bare minimum of stuff in the way of energy. You didn't even apply the word energy to your own body. In fact, that's only in our lexicon since the early 18 hundreds, where they started applying some of these terms to the human body and stuff, and we started thinking about ourselves in a different way. Okay?

So we can I'm not going to get into this too much. It could take days, but we can plot where we are in and we have proof that we're no longer in the Kaliyuga. This is not a supposition. It's not an abstract mathematical calculation. There is definitive proof in our actions out here.

In reality, that definitive proof is the fact that we have electricity, the fact that we have mass communications, the fact that we have growing science, the fact that we have splitting diversifying science, even, however fucked up it is at the moment, so on and so on, right? So that we are in a period of growth. We're not in a period of becoming more dense. So on the other side, on the descending side, going into the Kaliyuga, there was a period of time in a Bronze Age, 325 years before we went into the Kaliyuga, where we started losing well, we were losing we were losing stuff all the time. We were losing the ability to do X-Y-Z and this sort of thing, right?

This is why we find all of these great monuments and crap all over the planet, the pyramids, these great cities, all the carvings on the temples in India, all of these different kinds of things that appear to have been done with and we know we're done with a technology we no longer have. And that that technology has been disappeared into into the realm of history. This was as we were going into the descent into the Kaliyuga. We've rounded that descent. We've come out of the 1200 years of the Kaliyuga, and we're into the 325th year of the Bronze Age on an ascending fashion.

And you will note, we've invented LEDs. All these different kinds of things are all happening all at once, and it's just like this bloom or explosion of new ideas, new thoughts, et cetera, et cetera. This is a very chaotic time indeed, as we know, and we have ourselves in the midst of a great war that actually has its roots in the Kaliyuga, which I'm going to in a minute. Anyway, one couple of things to note here in the Bronze Age in this particular time, we have got more subjects than you can imagine, and our school system is breaking down because it's still trying to teach subjects. So in my opinion, there is no fix for our school system.

If you're going to try and just teach individual subjects to kids, how many and what subjects are you going to try and teach? Right. It's not sufficient to teach simple mathematics. You need to now start thinking about teaching algorithm construction, design, pattern analysis, for computer software, et cetera, et cetera, all that are based on basically arithmetic and mathematics. And so we have all of these different kinds of things.

So in my opinion, the way to approach this is to decide that schools are not for teaching stuff. We've got the Internet. We've got all these other resources for learning stuff. So in my opinion, schooling should be to teach children how to find how they learn, okay? So until you know how you learn, you're just stabbing in the dark at trying to acquire knowledge.

And so for some people, they're going to learn a language best by hearing it spoken. Others are going to want to learn to read it. Others are going to need to use AI for repetition to get the memory down, all different kinds of different approaches to this. And until you explore that and find out which way you learn, you may be choosing the wrong way to learn something, and therefore, you will be failing just because you chose the wrong way to go at it. So if I were going to set this kind of thing up, I would teach kids how to discover how they learn, and that'll change over time.

How you learn will change over time. So they need to know that this is an ongoing process, that they have to keep acquiring and sharpening that particular skill. And then I would describe to them the basic shape of the learning universe. This is what math is. This is what it's used for.

This is what linguistics are. This is what they're used for. This is what science is, and this is how it's used. And then show them all the cool stuff and let them and get out of the way and let them decide what they want to learn. And then simply provide them the backup to get into the individual subject to the depth that they want to do.

So and then tell them, okay, now in order to survive, you're going to have to understand certain things in our reality at a bare minimum. So let's devise a plan so that you will have these things acquired at a bare minimum level that makes you proficient and you can just get beyond what's going to be required, being able to drive or read road signs or whatever it is, right? There's some basic level of understanding that everybody needs to have. And then you go on and learn whatever suits you really, in this new modern age. And there's tons of stuff to learn and participate in.

And so that would be my approach to dealing with being in the Bronze Age here, with the explosion of new knowledge and new approaches to knowledge.

Now, the war we're in at the moment, okay, so let's be really factual and clear about this.

In the descending part of our great year, we lost all kinds of information.

At one point, they burned all the books in China, okay? Like at 200 Ad or 200 BC or something, this weird ass emperor went ahead and burned all the books in China. There was this guy that burned all of the books. There were scrolls in northern India at one point, and this was like, I think, 600 BC. I can't think of his name.

But they were convinced that books were bad and had evil and stuff in them. So they just decided to save their society the trouble for whatever reason and burned all the books. And reputedly the burning of the books lasted so long and was so fierce that the sands and everything around that area were baked that were vitrified by the heat that was generated, but that there was actually a smoke column that could be seen 1000 miles away.

They really put some work into it. So we lost lots of information. Now there is some stuff that's been saved, some stuff that was there was 10,000 books hidden in this one Tibetan monastery. There was reputedly another 35,000 books written in very, very ancient Sanskrit that were hidden in this particular behind a wall in a cave that is the back of this other monastery in northern India and so on. So there are repositories of some of this level of knowledge from the previous Golden Age that have survived the previous Golden Age and Silver Age that survived and were hidden in the last Bronze Age.

And so note that at the time, they were in the Golden Age, when they hid Gobekli Teply, when they buried it so that it would survive. And there's probably other ones like that that were also hidden deliberately from what was going to happen, and they knew what was going to happen anyway. So let's be real clear about this, that with the exception, the presumed exception of the Jain religion, that's J-A-I-N there's no other religion that has no other philosophical understanding that has come down to us from the previous Silver Age, okay? We think that the Jain religion appeared sometime in the descending Bronze Age in that 2400 year period just before getting into the Kaliyuga. There.

Let me see, so probably 3000 years back, we start getting all different kinds of religions popping up, hindu religion, all these offshoots of that. Prior to that, it appears as though there was what we can call the science, okay? And the science is the Sam kia. And Samchia is a philosophical approach, scientific approach to determining who you are and what is the nature of universe by examining your consciousness and then everything that is not your consciousness as universe decides to present it to you and noting not only what is being presented, but the order in which it's being presented. And it's in a relationship with everything else that has ever been presented to you up until that point and all your knowledge.

And that from this, apparently, Jainism became distinct sometime back in the very beginning of the previous Bronze Age on the way down.

That was a coincidental period to all kinds of stuff in our history in which there were vast quantities of movement of people and not in some level of Earth changes that we can get into. So these Earth changes at that period of time were the creation of deserts, basically, and may have also included the freezing of Antarctica. So Antarctica may not have been frozen over prior to about 8000 years ago. And that that was the case. That that the reason that it froze is the sort of like the opposite of the reason that we have the deserts in that there are some literature suggestions that there was an atomic war and one of the weapons used in the atomic war was a scalar weapon that was like the reverse of an atomic weapon and that it didn't blow things up, it froze things.

And they froze Antarctica with this, like, you might think of as, like a directed energy weapon, kind of cold beam sort of thing. Right? There are some hints of that in some of the older literatures that that was the case. We also find that the creation of all the religions so Judaism is a Kaliyuga thing, right? And as we're going in descending side, going into the Kaliyuga, christianity came about just as we're getting into the Kaliyuga.

So these are all remnants of the Iron Age, when we were where you didn't have energy, the best you had was a sailboat. We knew all of this stuff though. We had designs for water wheels, we had designs for windmills, all of this kind of stuff. But no one built anything, right? No one did anything.

There was not a level of energy within humanity that allowed us to be that progressive and do shit. And this is coincidental with, of course being the furthest possible distance away from Galactic Center. So the supposition from our own experience and from all of the science and stuff, is that the closer you get to Galactic Center and the reason we call these things the Bronze, Silver and Golden Age is because you're exposed to more and more and more and more and more and more and more and more and more energy at a consciousness level. And that truly your consciousness changes as a result of that. And you experience that consciousness differently than you will in the Gold Age, than you will experience in the Silver Age, than you will experience in the Bronze age, than you will experience in the Iron Age.

You're going to have many lives. So you'll experience all of these at some point, you'll connect with each of these different ages anyway. And that this aspect of time scales, this is an aspect of the time stuff. This is an aspect of time doing this in order that there might be novelty, that there might be disruption, that therefore there could be recreation from the disruption. All of these things are necessary that there might be novelty in our search for the actual new, for consciousness itself.

Anyway, so all of the religions basically are artifacts of the Kaliyuga and we are fighting now against the Khazarian Mafia. Now, the Khazarian mafia has deep inbuilt remnants of the Kaliyuga in it. So there were no insofar as we're able to determine in looking at ancient societies that we have physical evidence for throughout India, Africa, all these different kinds of places where there's remnant stuff about the social order, including even Brazil. Now, in the Amazonian Valley, we're finding the remnants of rather sophisticated social order in terms of number of houses and granaries and this kind of thing, right? But anyway, we find that these people were not warlike.

And thus that makes sense that we see in the Jewish literature and other literature about how easy it was to conquer these people, how easy it was for the space aliens to come down and conquer these people. And because they were not defensive, they didn't have warfare as part of the thing. They did even they didn't even consider it a feasibility. It didn't even take it into account. And we think of it as natural that there's enemies, et cetera.

Prior to that time, apparently the concept of a generalized enemy state or war state didn't really exist. And so we see that they're conquered by the space aliens. We end up getting Judaism as a result of the interaction of the Ill with the Judeans and the Khazarians. And these people solidify their power and stuff and come through the Kaliyuga they have within their religious structure, as we see in Christianity, are remnants of one of the main horrific aspects of the Kaliyuga, which is this idea of personal body sacrifice. All right?

So prior to that period of time, going back into Sam kia, we find the idea of discipline and austerity. And then over time, it mutates down into, like, serious sacrifice on yourself, starving yourself in a fast to try and get enlightenment the way that Buddha did, right? It doesn't work. It's stupid. It destroys your body.

There's all different kinds of problems with it. And even Buddha comes out and says, oh, don't do this shit. But anyway, that was a kaliyuga twisting of that discipline mindset that comes out of some kia that leads to this ultimate idea of personal sacrifice that then gets twisted over to actual physical sacrifice where you conquer a tribe. And you kill for political reasons as well. But you go through and you kill randomly.

One out of every ten males that survives this kind of thing. And that leads to these are all artifacts of the Kaliyuga. We don't find evidence of sacrifice at any level in pre Kaliyuga civilizations except for just before the period of time that Kaliyuga starts up. So at the very tail end of the other Bronze Age, within that last, say, two or 300 years of that Bronze Age, we start seeing signs of it. And it reaches its peak at about 500 Ad.

At the very peak of the Kaliyuga. And it reaches its peak in Mesoamerica, where they were reputedly sacrificing between a quarter of a million and a half a million people per year, cutting their hearts out very religiously and systematically and precisely destroying the body, separating it out into all of the various different bones and storing all the bones separately. And all of this kind of stuff, all about these rituals around the sacrifice aspect of it. Right. And we see the physical sacrifice of children in Judaism and the reputed tainting of the Jewish Talmudic philosophy with all this sacrifice stuff, which was actual physical sacrifice of children.

We see it in the Old Testament, where so and so is going to stick a knife in his kid, right? And then now, even centuries later, even out of the Kaliyuga, there's still this taint against Judaism relative to sacrifice. And we saw it as late as, like, the 1920s, where 300,000 Jewish people or more were attending a big convention or something, I think it was in Chicago. And they did a ritualized sacrifice of a child in the belly of this furnace thing. And to this day, nobody knows if it was a real child or if it was a mannequin or what the hell was going on, really.

We have film of it happening and everybody got really whipped up by it. But these are all remnants. We even see the sacrifice, the human sacrifice in the wafer and the wine stuff in ancient Christianity frozen by a Khazarian takeover in 325 Ad. So Constantine, who froze Christianity into Catholicism, it was 1200 individual sects of thought at that time. And he froze it into a religion and they called it Catholicism and he tied it to the Old Testament, okay?

Which was at that point, of course, it was the Torah. And it was being translated by these Jewish guys that were also spoke Greek and a couple of Greeks who also spoke Hebrew. And this was all under the direction of Constantine. But Constantine was in 325 Ad. Was 100% captured by the Kazarean mafia people, right?

They do it through mistresses and through drugs. Okay? So Constantine had a Khazarian mistress, as did I'm trying to think of the guy's name Justinian. So at the height of the Byzantine Empire, what happened to Constantine happened to Justinian, where he took a Khazarian mistress, who ultimately gets rid of the rest of the harem and using drugs, captivates Justinian and takes over the Byzantine Empire. And we see that within the next 40 years, the Empire is destroyed.

Now, it is true, there are consolidation waves, origination waves, consolidation waves and destruction waves for Empire that relate also to the Kali Yuga and the Dwapara, which is Bronze Yugas, right? And that this happens during this period of time. So this was not unexpected. It was just the mechanism by which it was done with the Khazarians is just very interesting. And they're using the same techniques even to the point of using the same species.

So there was this particular species of plant I won't go into it, I know what it is, and so on. And they got it out of Persia in both cases, right, or what we would think of as Iran. And this particular plant was used to create a drug that is a mild hallucinogen, an aphrodisiac, and even more importantly, it's a hypnotic it's this weird hypnotic drug. And so Constantine, his mistress and Justinian's mistress were both thought to be witches and both had, because of their Khazari and nature, had contacts through back through the Turkish peoples over to Iran. And it's known that they imported this plant to the respective courts in the empires they were involved in.

And so we see this influence throughout all history. And that's one of the things we're dealing with now, is this war against the Khazarian mafia. So that's why I keep saying we're in the process of dealing with a 6000 year long battle. Okay? There's also thoughts about that we can get into, and discussion we can get into about why the L arrived when they did and why the Theoi and the other ones that arrived with the L did arrive at that time.

There's also interesting notes that the Cathars, like the Khazarians, were driven out of northern India. The Cathars and the Khazarians both left, both were driven out of northern India by that war that created all of the deserts. That war involved the space aliens, the L and the Theoi and the Divas. So basically they're all space aliens. They're probably all the same group, we just have different names for them based on which group of human had to interact with them.

Anyway, that happens all at the same time. And so the Cathars go from northwestern India, they head down slightly south and then end up angling back up over to and settling in the coastal areas in Europe within outside of the bounds of the Celts and the Picks and these other tribes that were existing. And that these people that came on over the Cathars ultimately blend in with all of the Europeans and become the Saxons and the Toots and other Teutonic tribes there. That's where the Cathari approach to religion ends up in Europe. That's why it ends up in Europe.

Now, the Cathari religion is an interesting one, okay, so it's true that all religions stem from the period of time of the Kaliyuga. It's a period of time when humans are so dense they can't think right. We don't have enough light from the galactic center to spark our consciousness. And we have to do things through rote and through keep it together, basically by following the manuals, by following protocol until we can get back to a period of time where we can think it our way out of the problem. That's fundamentally a good description of what we have to go through as humanity.

There were, and there still are religious practices or philosophical practices that are not formalized religions that are not able to be tracked as such, but predate the Kaliyugan went through from the previous Bronze Age and they may have even come from the Silver or Gold Age, we just don't know. But Cathariism or and shamanism are two of these. And so the Cathari religion is just basically it's not so much a religion as a personal experience, philosophical approach of understanding universe that goes back to Sam Kia in that you examine yourself against what the material presents to you. And this one does involve the use of ecstatic drugs in the sense of hallucinogens and psychedelics and so on. So it's no different in that respect than the mysteries of Elysium or indigenous people eating peer cactus here in the Americas, which we know goes back at least 6000 years.

And that may indeed have been pre Ice Age. There's some suggestion of that. Anyway, so long understanding of all this. But time participates at a scalar level and is influencing humanity through those aspects as it influences us individually. And so we will find that as we go forward.

So everybody who's younger than me, who's going to live longer than me, will find that their minds will actually benefit going forward in time. Even though you're aging, you won't necessarily age and deteriorate mentally the way that previous generations have. We will lose a lot of that, right? A lot of the shit that we're carrying with us comes out of the mindset of these people that we're battling that want to keep us in the Kaliyuga. And so these are the people that want to do the human sacrifice, these are the pedophiles and so on.

All this is old Kaliyuga shit. We're dropping that as we go forward and our minds expand and universe won't permit it to continue. So we know that these guys are going to lose. This is the good part. As we're going into a we're in the new age of Aquarius.

We're 325 years into the Bronze Age. And as we go forward, more and more of the shit that was put upon humanity in the Kaliyuga falls off. And it is doing so not as an aspect of the materium, as an aspect of universe, without us necessarily having to do a whole lot relative to that. So we know that basically the trends are friend and we can harmonize with it and benefit from this harmonization. And we know that the stupid sacrifice people, the blood drinkers, the name stealers and this kind of thing are not going to come through in these next few hundred years for sure.

And that they will not make it into the Silver Age. They probably won't make it even halfway through what's left in the Bronze Age. They're due to have a major reduction in power as we get through this next little bit of increased energy. So each and every one of these things that increases the individual human potential causes a disruption in those people that get power by having humans be reduced, right? Slaves and so on.

So, for instance, we know that Zionism is doomed. There's never going to be any God that's going to come back and give any of these Jews 1000 GoI as slaves. No matter how much these people work towards that end, they are doomed because that's a Kaliyuga manifestation. And they're so stupid, they don't know we're out of the Kaliyuga. And that time does not support this anymore.

Now, one last thing, and I'll shut up and then I'll get some more work done here.

As we go through from Golden Age down to Silver Age, down to Bronze Age and then into Kaliyuga, and then in that period of time, we go from whatever energy sources were used by humans to do all that fantastic stuff in the Golden Age and the Silver Age. And then as we go down through the Bronze Age, we probably drop down ultimately into electricity and then ultimately into steam, and then finally into powering everything by shoving grass in a cow's ox's mouth and hitting him with a whip on the butt to make him go right, so that we. Get denser over time. We also lose capacity over time as we go down in this cycle and we also lose energy sources. But guess what?

Now we're in the up cycle. We're in the beneficial, the harmonious side of the cycle for us and we're gaining energy sources back. Look at how many more energy sources we have now. Look at how many different kinds, how much we're splitting the understanding of energy and getting further and further into it, et cetera, et cetera. I'm of the opinion that electricity has a limited use as we go forward and that we will lose electricity as a primary energy source as we understand it now.

And we will go to something that will be very much decentralized and that, by the way, centralization is part of the Kaliyuga and it's something that's going to drop away and fade away. All this stuff is going to fade. This is why I was going to say it's best to teach your own kids. Teach them how, they help them discover how they learn themselves and then give them the basic books, give them loom of Language, Mathematics for the Million, Biosphere by Bernadsky and a couple of other books. And then say here, these are your base resources, work off of these, you can trust these and we can filter everything through these books here.

And then what do you want to explore, kid? I'll help you out anyway though. So as we go forward here, I'm of the opinion we're going to lose electricity as a primary power source and we'll be moving into a new form of physics because our old physics, bear in mind, extends from the remnants of the Kaliyuga. It's an understanding of everything as grit as materialism. And we need to get out of that.

We need to start understanding everything as vibration and energy the way Tesla did. And so we will do that. I'm of the opinion that time powers everything at a level of vibratory frequency and it's 22 trillion times a second anyway though, so we can get into that. We're actually being able to make some headway with our time experiments here and we're going to do one around the planet here, probably sometime in Fall, where we're going to I won't go into it anyway though. So I'm of the opinion that we're about to shift in another energy sources, that we'll have new energy sources and this kind of thing, that we are not in a degradation level.

We're in a very fantastic change level where we're going to be losing. This is the last gasp of the Kaliyuga people, right? This is the last gasp of the human body. Sacrifice guys with all of this trans shit, chop your dick off for the greater god of our cult, that kind of thing, right? So this is the last guess.

This is not a continuing thing. These people are self destructive and this is going to universe in. materium is aiding that destruction because it needs to get them out of the way such that we can grasp this next bit of impulsive energy that will be coming our way out of Galactic Center. That once again is going to change all of humanity and Upwire us, so to speak. So anyway, that's the thought.

On time today, I'm really getting into this ship with the cozy rev experiments and as I say, we've had some success in this. Now, bear in mind what this implies, okay? So the implication is that if I'm correct and there is a vibratory frequency of universe that powers a non steady state universe at something over a trillion times a second flashing, and I think it's 22 trillion, but it doesn't matter. The actual numeric of it is immaterial. But the implication is that there would be some subharmonic that you could discover and you could just simply create a chip that wanted to vibrate at that particular frequency.

So maybe we're talking 22 billion times a second, I don't know, right? Some fantastically fast vibratory state. But there is some subharmonic of the flash rate of universe at which you could have a chip in its static state sit there and simply generate electricity for you because of the nature of what you would do to create that chip in harmonizing with the pulse in order to create that subharmonic. And so that would be your free energy you would have to create the chip. You'd have to put energy into making the fucker.

And it would not be trivial to do so. But once you'd made it, it would be a fuelless form of electricity that could just be plugged into shit. So you might have something like the size of a USB that you would just go and plug into something that was like a USB port and that would be your power source for that device. And it would basically last as long as the material of that device of the chip could withstand that level of vibration. And so I would expect the first ones basically we wouldn't know what we were doing and they would just flash into existence, create a shitload of electricity and then go poof because they were not engineered correctly to withstand the vibratory stresses on the material.

But that over time, we would get them to where they would be fairly long lasting. And so you could make one that might power a device for 1000 years or something anyway. And this is an aspect of the energy, the refinement of that energy, the getting out of the materialism and everything, that is an aspect of time as an active component of universe which you just don't find anybody who understands anything from Einstein's perspective dealing with because Einstein reduced time to a dimension. Okay?

So Einstein said in all of his equations that you might as well be dealing with distance whenever you dealt with time. And this is why we get this effect in all of these weird ass quantum equations where when you go to measure it, the waveform collapses and you get a number. But the quantum science, so to speak itself, doesn't tell you why that should occur. I can tell you why that should occur, and it's because Einstein took time and made it into a dimension, and it is not. We can demonstrate this by taking time stuff and doing active things with it in our reality.

And so I'm not able to take space out of the distance between myself and this tree over here and do anything with that space, right? It's like 25ft, so I can't take any of those feet out, and I can't put any more feet in there. So I know that this dimension exists and it's fixed. It has an enumeration that is fixed and won't change as long as the tree doesn't change its position and I don't change mine. That's not true of time.

We can actually take extra time stuff and shove it into the time space, so to speak. We need a whole new language to discuss all of this, but we can actively do that with cozy, rev's experiments, and he has done that, and there's others out there doing that as well. And so you can take stuff out of time and manipulate it, concentrate it, and use it, so you cannot concentrate distance. I cannot take distance out of the space between me and Alpha Centuri and do anything with it, but I can do that with time. And also, if we examine this and we take time and say it's not a dimension, then that instantly changes all of the calculations.

And you don't have to worry about curving space, because what you're having to do in all of those weird ass calculations is curve space time, so to speak, in order to accommodate the collapse of the time wave, which, like I say, is horseshit. Time is not a dimension, and I won't ramble on about that anymore. But Einstein is actually a remnant of the Kaliyuga because he was on the cusp, but he's a remnant of the Kaliyuga because he's trapped in materialism, as are all of the current atheistic, mostly Jewish physicists. All of that physics is trapped in this child sacrifice, body sacrifice, materialistic grit view of the world that is so Kaliyuga and is dying, and we just need to get beyond it, and we'll discover all different kinds of stuff. That'll be really cool.

Anyway, I got to get some more coffee and get the dog in and get some work done. Yeah, you get to go in now. Okay. Good girl. Woof.

Anyway. Okay, guys, talk to you later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Chaos Kontrol and Harmony – 05-14-2023

Chaos Kontrol and Harmony - 05-14-2023

Chaos Kontrol and Harmony - 05-14-2023

Summary:

The text discusses the concepts of harmony, free will, and the philosophical framework of Samkhya. It begins by mentioning dualism and the reduction of everything to binary choices. The author argues that our current understanding of physics is limited and mentions the existence of UFOs as evidence of this limitation. They introduce the concept of retroduction, a form of analysis that works backward from known facts. The text then explores the philosophy of Samkhya, credited to a figure named Kapila during the Vedic period, which predates many religions. Samkhya views consciousness as the Absolute, perceiving the material world as inferior and emphasizes individual human souls as encapsulations of consciousness. The author contrasts Samkhya with what they refer to as "atheistic" or "Jewish physics," claiming that it denies consciousness as the source of everything. They argue that the universe has purpose, unlike the proponents of "grit" or materialistic views, and that consciousness creates novelty and free will. The text also mentions Terence McKenna and his experiences with hyperspace journeys, which reinforce the significance of novelty. Finally, it suggests that free will exists only in conscious beings, while insects, for example, exhibit predetermined patterns.

The text discusses various concepts such as free will, determinism, dualism, religion, collectivism, individuation, and the role of organizations in society. It highlights the belief that religions are degraded forms of a science called Sam kia, which focuses on individuation and liberation. The author argues that religions, although necessary for many people, limit individual free will and hinder the creation of novelty. They express a personal opposition to organizations and collectivism, viewing them as anti-free will and anti-novelty. The text also touches on the Cathari religious group, the influence of the Jewish banking system, and the author's anticipation of a future world characterized by chaos, individual freedom, and the potential for greater harmony and self-understanding. The author emphasizes their preference for the scientific aspect of understanding reality and mentions meditation as a helpful tool for achieving individuation.

#HarmonyAndFreeWill #DualismExploration #ReductionToBinaryChoice #UFOEvidence #LimitationsOfPhysics #AerodynamicMysteries #HydrodynamicEnigmas #SamkhyaPhilosophy #KapilaTeachings #VedicPeriodIdeas #ConsciousnessAsTheAbsolute #MaterialWorldInferiority #EncapsulatedConsciousness #AtheisticPhysicsDebate #JewishPhysicsControversy #ConsciousnessDenial #PurposefulUniverse #NoveltyCreation #IndividualSoulsExistence #HinduInfluencedRegions #OntologicalPerspective #WesternEducationSystemFlaws #DeterministicNature #RandomnessConstraints #RNDFunctionAnalysis #MathematicsAndDesignPatterns #TerenceMcKennaInsights #HyperspaceJourneysRevelations #FreeWillIsReal #InsectPatternsVsConsciousChoice #FreeWillVsDeterminism #DualismDebate #ReligionAndScience #CollectivismVsIndividuation #LiberationThroughSamKia #BuddhasWisdom #NoveltyCreation #UniverseDesires #SpiritualJourney #ZenApproach #DeityFocus #CatholicismCollectivism #IslamSects #OrganizationVsIndividuation #JewishBankingSystem #AntiFreeWill #AntiNovelty #HarmonyInAikido #WEFControl #AgeOfAquarius #ChaoticTransition #OpportunityForFreedom #MeditationForIndividuation #UnderstandingReality #ChaosAndFreedom #IndividualExpression #NewUnderstanding #ScienceOfIndividuation #LiberationThroughMeditation #HarmonyWithSelf #IndividuationAndLiberation

Episode

It. Hello, humans. Hello, humans. May 14 out here taking a break. It's like 838, quarter nine, something like that.

A m sun shining. Weather is very nice. It's very warm. We got up to 76 yesterday. Very exceptional out here on the coast.

It and we're contemplating the issue of harmony and free will. So in the okay, so there's everything is dualism in this material, right? No matter which way you want to approach it, you can always reduce everything down in a you can always reduce it. So down to dualism, down to a binary choice. So we live in a binary material.

This is actually a form of thought or analysis, like codified analysis called retroduction. And it's like induction. So it's sort of some of the stuff that Sherlock Holmes kind of using, right? Work your way backwards from a known factual position, and so you deny anything that would you just throw out as being impractical anything that is on its face, a denial of a certainty. So, in other words, any kind of physics that says that UFO behavior is contrary to physics, you would have to put a qualifier there in order for me to accept that and say known physics, because we have UFOs.

They're demonstrable. You can see them. The physics they demonstrate is not what we use in our jets and stuff. And so in that sense, it defies our aerodynamic understanding of what can happen in the atmosphere or even oceans, the hydrodynamic as they go in and out of the oceans, this kind of thing, right? But we know that they exist.

Er go. Our physics is lame and stupid if you're going to be relying on it. And so in a retroductive fashion, you can determine and analyze things by not going down paths that deny an existent reality that you can see. Okay? So if we go all the way back to if we go into retroduction, we can go into the idea of we can say that there's basically two kinds of physics, okay?

The physics we operate under now I term is atheistic. A lot of other people say it's Jewish physics, but I just say it's atheistic because it approaches everything with the idea that consciousness is the end result of gluing bits of grit together, okay? As opposed to consciousness is the beginning and everything and that material and matter. Grit is a creation of consciousness. It's not something that evolves into consciousness.

In other words, without consciousness, the grit does not exist. Right? The grit isn't out here floating in space. Space doesn't exist if there's no consciousness. This goes all the way back to an ancient Hindu exploration of this idea, and we'll use their terms here in a minute.

It was called sam kriya or sam kia. Sam kia. Okay. S-A-M-K-H-Y-A It was a really interesting thing because a guy who gave it to the Hindus did so in the period that was called the Vedic period. No one knows when he lived exactly.

His name is like Kappala. K-A-P-I-L-A.

So Kappala gifted the Hindus this particular idea that is like pre religion. So all religions evolve from his idea. And if you go and look it up, you'll see that that's the case of it. But what he had is neither a philosophy nor a religion. It is truly a science.

Okay? So it's always referred to in the Vedic tradition as the science of Sam Kia. Anyway, so his terms what's really interesting about him, by the way, is that he was a redheaded Aryan, and he came from the north after the period of the Great Flood or some other form of disruption of their society, right? And then he introduces this idea, and it goes on to even inform Buddhism. And it supposedly also informed aspects of the Talmud.

And there are references in the Talmud that you can see that it goes to it, but the Talmud says that everything is not in, it is horseshit, and that it was self referential and self creating. So it took nothing from anything else, which is really bogus. But in any event, though, so here's the idea. The idea is that there is consciousness, and in Sam Kia, the Capilla called it the Absolute, or the Absolute one.

And then there is all the Manifest, everything that manifest, written large with a capital M. So something is manifest. It is material. And anything that's material is inferior to the Absolute, because the Absolute is the consciousness that perceives the matter, and that we are individual encapsulations of this consciousness that is called we're called jiva jiva. And as individual human souls and encapsulated versions of consciousness, as we perceive things, we learn about ourselves.

And so that's sort of the idea, right? Now, Sam Kia recognizes the science, recognizes that there is a purpose to this. The universe is not purposeless, unlike the grit people, right? Einstein and all of those fellows are from a Jewish tradition that denies consciousness. And in fact, when you go into physics now, you're explicitly told anytime you bring up any ontological, any consciousness creating anything, we're going to throw it out.

You can't write papers about it. We won't accept it being submitted. You can't have any aspect of that involved. It has to be from this grit, only kind of an approach. And so they've got a real lock on the education system in the Western world, but that's not true in other parts of the planet, primarily in the Hindu influenced regions, right?

Because they accept a more ontological, that is to say, consciousness created everything, and you are conscious. Ergo, you'd better start thinking about consciousness right off the get go, because if you don't, you're really stupid. And so I find actually that that's a good criticism of the atheistic Jewish physics that we're operating under. Okay?

So the idea is that consciousness needs to discover novelty. That that's the whole point of the material. This idea also comes through in those fierce tourists. They're going to get it. Now.

This idea also comes through in Sam Kia, and they don't phrase it quite that way, nor does it as far as I know. It doesn't get into the idea of harmonizing with this in a deliberate way, however, on a more than individual basis. In any event, though. So the idea is that free will exists, it's certain. And that certainty proves through this chain of logic that free will is a tool of the absolute, the absolute one.

Okay? So in our thinking, free will is a tool of universe. If you're a Qathari, free will is a tool of God if you're a Christian or Muslim, that kind of thing, right? And that the idea is that the free will is there, that there might be novelty that you might choose. So you're given free will that you may choose that you may decide in a way that supposedly the absolute universe, god would not know what that choice is ahead of time, because it's really a bitch if your absolute consciousness, because you know everything that's going to happen, right?

And so novelty is very difficult to create. And we find that in our own materium here, that the materium is extremely deterministic and we have no real randomness that we're able to initiate. And that randomness always comes with constraints.

So even in our programming, we're always constrained by the RND function that goes all the way down to assembly language, which is what all the other languages call when they call for a random number generation. And that random number is within a parameters, constraints that are designed in and you can't exceed these. So it's not really random. We find that this is actually quite true in universe as well. That's why everybody gets all hung up on mathematics, because they find patterns in there that indicate that the very nature of mathematics itself is non random.

And that a difficult concept to get across, but that there are layers and layers and layers of design patterns across all of universe, all of them going to the idea of let's obscure everything we can such that random may arise, such that novelty may arise. And so this is the deep understanding that Terrence McKenna comes back with from all of his hyperspace journeys, as well as a lot of us from our hyperspace journeys, because novelty is the currency in hyperspace. So it's all new ideas. So if you got a new idea, you can trade, all right, if you don't have anything to offer in that, no one will stop and talk to you or want to transact with you. And it's all newness of ideas anyway, though.

So the idea here is that free will is a tool of universe to attempt to provide the idea for randomness and novelty and novelty creation on a vast scale by giving all of us free will.

So really, free will only rises to a level where you have aware consciousness. So an insect has no free will. If it gets blown from one place to another, it will still exhibit those same patterns. It's not going to react to its circumstances. If it's a left leaning insect and always turns left, it'll always continue to turn left, et cetera.

And so that's just the way that universe is set up and that this free will tool is ours for this use. Now, if we step away from that and examine dualism again, we see that dualism. So free will or determinism, free will versus determinism. And we keep seeing binary and duality everywhere. If we step back again and we look, we see that, for instance, religions, right, religions have according to the science of the Samchia, the religions have, okay?

So the point of the science of Sam kia is individuation, such that liberation occurs, all right? So this is how Buddha became informed of it, and he said, don't follow me unless you need religion, right? The religion will not give you liberation. The path I followed will give you liberation. But you may need a religion instead.

So here's that and the vast majority of people are not ready for the science. They need the religion. The religion is the encapsulation of the point of the science and focused at a DEA deity, an outside entity, right? And so all religions are degraded forms of the science of Sam kia in that they are collectivism. So in collectivism is conditioning of your essence, your awareness, perception, where you are at a spiritual level.

All of that is conditioned by being in a religion, by being in the organization. And it is through individuation, beyond the religion individuation and actual experience, a Zen kind of an approach, if you will, that you actually obtain liberation and understanding at a way that is not possible with collectivism. And so it is a point of the science of Sam kia that universe favors individuation as much as it is possible. But not everyone or every being can be individuated because they're not at that point now where their spiritual journey, their soul or whatever would accommodate this. And so no one is basically they're saying, don't give people shit for getting into religion.

They need that. Now, just because you don't doesn't mean you're superior. It just means you're a little bit further along on the path, but that means you're dragging more people behind you. You have a bigger burden, so don't get puffed up about it, right?

Anyway, so the idea of the individuation is to provide you the vehicle in the form of free will that you might use to exercise novelty, because that's ultimately what universe desires, which is the creation of novelty and newness in a way that universe, the absolute God, would not be able to anticipate that novelty arising right? A very difficult task when you think about it. If you really think about this, you got to really work at this shit to create novelty. Anyway, we see with religions like Catholicism, less so with Mohammedism, with Islam, but they're very much collectivized, okay? So in Catholicism, it's all collectivized up to the central point.

But that's because the Kazarean mafia has taken it over since 325 Ad, when Constantine, who was under their influence, set everything up and consolidated the 1200 Christian sects into this one religion under pain of death. Okay? We see that the rabbinical schools of Judaism tightly bind all of Judaism into this interconnected, very much centralized, although there's necessarily no central leader arising at any given point, aka, there's no real Pope at any given point, unless there's a need for a central figure. So it's more of an interconnected, very tightly interconnected networking structure, as opposed to the monolithic pyramidical structure of the Catholic Church, but they're nonetheless still collectivized organizations. We see a similar thing that's more of a blend between the two within the various sects of Islam, right, where some of them are more pyramidal and others are more distributed, but nonetheless, it's still a collectivism.

And that's the nature of our religion. People advance through religion and they step out of it in one or more of their lives and they become individuated. And then they go on to explore this science here of the absolute versus the existential. And so, again, going back to the idea of that dualism there anyway, okay, so in the Cathari understanding of this so catharis are not they used to be when they were very populous throughout France and Spain, Portugal and spreading into northern Italy. That's what really triggered the crusade against them and the elimination of them and the Templars.

With this Cathari crusade in which, over 20 years, hundreds of thousands of people were killed. This is where the famous saying, kill them all, let God sort it out, comes from, because the Pope and the French King were presented with the idea, well, Jeez, these catharis live among all these Catholics in southern France and northern Spain and in Portugal. What are we to do? And that's when the Pope says, Kill them all, let God sort it out. Anyway, so the Cathari are in a static getting into ecstasy.

Not the drug ecstasy, it didn't exist back then, although they did use psychedelic drugs quite deliberately. But they are a decentralized, no, central operating structure of a religion. And it's a personal experience religion, okay? And also they have an origin story that goes back over to northern India in this particular war that forced all these people out and they ended up going all the way over to France, and that's where Catharism had found its home after being driven out of northern India, back in the Vedic or pre Vedic. No, it would have been Vedic period anyway.

So 5000 years ago, right, this would have been the time of the war that moved the L from northern India over to Khazaria, where they set up shop temporarily, we think, for maybe as little as 600 years. And then they were forced down into the boot of the Saudi Arabian Peninsula, which is Yemen, and that's where they conquered the Essenes and moved them up the Red Sea to be to Judea, to become the Judeans that the Khazarians later on took over their origin story to claim that everybody was a Jew anyway, though. So the Cathars have an understanding of the idea of urge and demiurge, but it's an interesting concept here, but it's the absolute and the existential. And so in the Catharian understanding, the absolute, the God approach of it is the good and the manifest is the bad. Right?

But it doesn't mean bad in the sense of you don't want to have anything to do with it, you want to kill yourself and all of that. It just means that, well, I won't go into all of that. But basically, the catharis are a distributed structure, no central authority, no central canons, but a collection of basically techniques for a personal experience, religion. So they were an anathema to all of the organization, to all of the collectivists, because collectivists can't stand individuation. And so the Kathari were destroyed, killed in this crusade.

That aspect of free will was demonstrated with a collective mindset, right? As my people, my lineage is Kathari. I have this deep distrust of organizations because I know that organizations and collectivism always leads to a reduction in free will. And so that that is actually not harmonious in the Kathari sense, with universe, with what universe wants to do. And I'm an aikidoka, and the ultimate thing within Aikido is harmony.

Harmonizing with the attacker, harmonizing with your energy, harmonizing with the energy of the moment, harmonizing with the environment of the moment. Yada, yada, yada. And so it is important for me that we see these things in a realistic way, right? And so the WEF, right, all of their organization, the climate stuff, all of that, the pandemic, their infiltration of all the governments, this sort of thing, are all collectivist moves, and thus they're anti free will, they're anti novelty, because you don't get novelty arising under the influence of these people. All right?

So it's quite true to say that I'm in agreement with a number of the other influencers when I say that the Jewish banking system is anti free will, anti novelty, because we don't get novelty under that system. Mostly. Tesla did all of his work in an environment in which we had sound money, and so there was no banking system involvement in his work. Had he come along 20 years later, we would not have what we have from his genius, because the bankers would have suppressed it, because it's in their interest to suppress it, to keep us all dumb, happy, enslaves okay? So I'm against organizations and structures that way, and I have a purpose in my being against it, right?

This is not like the much maligned white man's purpose, right? I'm simply harmonizing with universe. Universe has a purpose. To say that it doesn't is to be an atheist and a denialist, in my opinion. And basically I'm not going to take your opinion very highly because you're probably one of those people that thinks a man can become a woman if he chops his dick off.

So you're an anti science person at that level. And so in my opinion, when they say scientific consensus, they are talking collectivism, they are talking control, and it all goes back to and these messages are in your face everywhere. Like if you grew up in the 1950s and 60s or sixty s, I think it was, you would have seen a TV show, what was it called? Maxwell Smart. And in there he worked for an organization called Control.

And what they want to do, they wanted to control everything, and they wanted to prevent chaos from arising. And what was his designation? He was 86. And what is 86? It's a popular slang phrase for foods no longer served at restaurants.

It's a code for that. Oh, that's been 86. It's a numerical code for the same thing in the merchant fleet. Oh, that's been 86, meaning we had to jettison it at sea. And so 86 came into the insurance business from the maritime industry, right, because some cargoes would go bad, you'd have to throw them out so that other cargoes could be preserved.

Because as a merchant marine, that was your primary task, was to get as much of the cargo there as safely as possible. And so some stuff may have to be sacrificed. It was 86. And so we see these things all over. So that was the 86 was the code for writing cancel in epsidic, also called Epcodic, the IBM computer language that was pre ASCII it was a computer code that was priasci.

Okay, so Maxwell Smart's girlfriend was, can't think of her name now, but her designation was 99. She was Agent 99. 99 is terminus, 99 is goal. That's the completion, the exit, the exit code in ebkdik programming most frequently in IBM anyway, though. So we see that the free will versus Control things are everywhere all around us, right?

And everywhere in media. You see, even though they may say they're opposition and all this kind of stuff, they're always hyping on going back to Control, which is, in my opinion, an anti free will, an anti novelty and anti harmonious way to do things. I'm of the opinion that we're at the end of that, that moving into the age of Aquarius. We're going to come into a very weird world for everybody who grew up in the ages of Control, because our weird world will have governments fall away, but we'll discover we don't need them, and we'll replace them with other things. But it'll be very chaotic in the sense that there won't be a structure in which you live your life.

You will be free to do what you want and express your free will, and very few people will give you any shit about it until you cause them problems, and then there won't be anybody around to prevent them from stopping that level of causation. And it'll all work out very much like a Wild West kind of a situation. This is heading to us very rapidly. A lot of people that dispute this have only ever lived their lives in the United States. And I've lived all around the planet, and I've seen these countries where that was the operating principle, where there was nominally a government, but it was so powerless that you never took it into account at all for anything.

And you made your arrangements on your own. And that's the world we're coming into. Extremely chaotic, but opportunity and opportunity for harmony with free will, novelty in creating novelty that is going to be unparalleled in our experience and will open us up to an entirely new understanding of ourselves and this reality.

So there's your sermon for today, guys. I'm not into religion, though, okay? So I'm actually into the science aspect of it, the individuation that leads to liberation. Meditation is a good tool to get there. It's gratifying to see a lot of people also stepping into that particular mode of understanding of reality.

Anyway, I got to go get another cup of coffee and then get back to work. The sun's moved, so I can get in and start scrubbing on that Glazing without sweating more than I'm dumping water on. Enough on the glazing. All right, take it easy. And harmony and individuation are not bad things.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.